CN1414845A - Disposable article comprising apertured laminate web. - Google Patents

Disposable article comprising apertured laminate web. Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN1414845A
CN1414845A CN00817938A CN00817938A CN1414845A CN 1414845 A CN1414845 A CN 1414845A CN 00817938 A CN00817938 A CN 00817938A CN 00817938 A CN00817938 A CN 00817938A CN 1414845 A CN1414845 A CN 1414845A
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
goods
acid
alkyl
composition
web
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
CN00817938A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
D·R·戴
J·J·卡罗
D·H·本森
J·B·斯特卢比
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Procter and Gamble Ltd
Procter and Gamble Co
Original Assignee
Procter and Gamble Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US09/467,938 external-priority patent/US6884494B1/en
Application filed by Procter and Gamble Ltd filed Critical Procter and Gamble Ltd
Publication of CN1414845A publication Critical patent/CN1414845A/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B3/00Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form
    • B32B3/26Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer
    • B32B3/266Layered products comprising a layer with external or internal discontinuities or unevennesses, or a layer of non-planar form; Layered products having particular features of form characterised by a particular shape of the outline of the cross-section of a continuous layer; characterised by a layer with cavities or internal voids ; characterised by an apertured layer characterised by an apertured layer, the apertures going through the whole thickness of the layer, e.g. expanded metal, perforated layer, slit layer regular cells B32B3/12
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A47FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47LDOMESTIC WASHING OR CLEANING; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
    • A47L13/00Implements for cleaning floors, carpets, furniture, walls, or wall coverings
    • A47L13/10Scrubbing; Scouring; Cleaning; Polishing
    • A47L13/16Cloths; Pads; Sponges
    • A47L13/17Cloths; Pads; Sponges containing cleaning agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/51Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers
    • A61F13/511Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin
    • A61F13/51113Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin comprising an additive, e.g. lotion or odour control
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/51Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers
    • A61F13/511Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin
    • A61F13/5116Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin being formed of multiple layers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/51Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers
    • A61F13/511Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin
    • A61F13/512Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin characterised by its apertures, e.g. perforations
    • A61F13/5123Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin characterised by its apertures, e.g. perforations the apertures being formed on a multilayer top sheet
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/51Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the outer layers
    • A61F13/511Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin
    • A61F13/513Topsheet, i.e. the permeable cover or layer facing the skin characterised by its function or properties, e.g. stretchability, breathability, rewet, visual effect; having areas of different permeability
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/53Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/53Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium
    • A61F13/534Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having an inhomogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad
    • A61F13/537Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having an inhomogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad characterised by a layer facilitating or inhibiting flow in one direction or plane, e.g. a wicking layer
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/53Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium
    • A61F13/539Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium characterised by the connection of the absorbent layers with each other or with the outer layers
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/84Accessories, not otherwise provided for, for absorbent pads
    • A61F13/8405Additives, e.g. for odour, disinfectant or pH control
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K8/00Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations
    • A61K8/02Cosmetics or similar toiletry preparations characterised by special physical form
    • A61K8/0208Tissues; Wipes; Patches
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q19/00Preparations for care of the skin
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61QSPECIFIC USE OF COSMETICS OR SIMILAR TOILETRY PREPARATIONS
    • A61Q19/00Preparations for care of the skin
    • A61Q19/10Washing or bathing preparations
    • B08B1/143
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B26HAND CUTTING TOOLS; CUTTING; SEVERING
    • B26FPERFORATING; PUNCHING; CUTTING-OUT; STAMPING-OUT; SEVERING BY MEANS OTHER THAN CUTTING
    • B26F1/00Perforating; Punching; Cutting-out; Stamping-out; Apparatus therefor
    • B26F1/18Perforating by slitting, i.e. forming cuts closed at their ends without removal of material
    • B26F1/20Perforating by slitting, i.e. forming cuts closed at their ends without removal of material with tools carried by a rotating drum or similar support
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B26HAND CUTTING TOOLS; CUTTING; SEVERING
    • B26FPERFORATING; PUNCHING; CUTTING-OUT; STAMPING-OUT; SEVERING BY MEANS OTHER THAN CUTTING
    • B26F1/00Perforating; Punching; Cutting-out; Stamping-out; Apparatus therefor
    • B26F1/24Perforating by needles or pins
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B38/00Ancillary operations in connection with laminating processes
    • B32B38/04Punching, slitting or perforating
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B5/00Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts
    • B32B5/22Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by the presence of two or more layers which are next to each other and are fibrous, filamentary, formed of particles or foamed
    • B32B5/24Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by the presence of two or more layers which are next to each other and are fibrous, filamentary, formed of particles or foamed one layer being a fibrous or filamentary layer
    • B32B5/26Layered products characterised by the non- homogeneity or physical structure, i.e. comprising a fibrous, filamentary, particulate or foam layer; Layered products characterised by having a layer differing constitutionally or physically in different parts characterised by the presence of two or more layers which are next to each other and are fibrous, filamentary, formed of particles or foamed one layer being a fibrous or filamentary layer another layer next to it also being fibrous or filamentary
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C11ANIMAL OR VEGETABLE OILS, FATS, FATTY SUBSTANCES OR WAXES; FATTY ACIDS THEREFROM; DETERGENTS; CANDLES
    • C11DDETERGENT COMPOSITIONS; USE OF SINGLE SUBSTANCES AS DETERGENTS; SOAP OR SOAP-MAKING; RESIN SOAPS; RECOVERY OF GLYCEROL
    • C11D17/00Detergent materials or soaps characterised by their shape or physical properties
    • C11D17/04Detergent materials or soaps characterised by their shape or physical properties combined with or containing other objects
    • C11D17/049Cleaning or scouring pads; Wipes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61FFILTERS IMPLANTABLE INTO BLOOD VESSELS; PROSTHESES; DEVICES PROVIDING PATENCY TO, OR PREVENTING COLLAPSING OF, TUBULAR STRUCTURES OF THE BODY, e.g. STENTS; ORTHOPAEDIC, NURSING OR CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES; FOMENTATION; TREATMENT OR PROTECTION OF EYES OR EARS; BANDAGES, DRESSINGS OR ABSORBENT PADS; FIRST-AID KITS
    • A61F13/00Bandages or dressings; Absorbent pads
    • A61F13/15Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators
    • A61F13/53Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium
    • A61F13/534Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having an inhomogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad
    • A61F13/537Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having an inhomogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad characterised by a layer facilitating or inhibiting flow in one direction or plane, e.g. a wicking layer
    • A61F2013/53765Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having an inhomogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad characterised by a layer facilitating or inhibiting flow in one direction or plane, e.g. a wicking layer characterized by its geometry
    • A61F2013/53782Absorbent pads, e.g. sanitary towels, swabs or tampons for external or internal application to the body; Supporting or fastening means therefor; Tampon applicators characterised by the absorbing medium having an inhomogeneous composition through the thickness of the pad characterised by a layer facilitating or inhibiting flow in one direction or plane, e.g. a wicking layer characterized by its geometry with holes
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2305/00Condition, form or state of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2305/02Cellular or porous
    • B32B2305/026Porous
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2555/00Personal care
    • B32B2555/02Diapers or napkins

Abstract

A disposable article suitable for a number of uses is disclosed. The article comprises an apertured laminate web comprising a first extensible web having a first elongation to break, and a second extensible web joined to the first extensible web at a plurality of bond sites, the second extensible web having a second elongation to break. A third web materila is disposed between the first and second nonwovens, the third web material having a third elongation to break which greater than both of the first or second elongations to break. In a further embodiment, an apertured laminate web of the article has first nad second extensible webs being joind at a plurality of discrete bond sites and a third material disposed between the first and second nonwoven webs. The first, second, and third webs are in fluid communication via the apertures and have distinct regions being differentiated by at least one property selected from the group constisting of basis weight, fiber orientation, thickness, and density.

Description

The disposable product that comprises foraminous laminate web
The cross reference of relevant application
The application is that United States serial that December in 1999 proposed with people's such as Curro name on the 21st is that the part of 09/467,938 application continues part.
Invention field
The present invention relates to comprise the disposable product of foraminous laminated multi-layer fleece and useful composition.
Background of invention
As everyone knows, can be used for various application by the disposable product that lamellated discrete fleece is joined together to form with laminate web.For example, the laminated nonwoven fleece is generally used in disposable absorbent article (as diaper, adult incontinence products), cleaning product, the polishing product etc.Adhesive-bonded fabric and non-woven laminate product also can be used for providing other loose or soft to the fleece ingredient.Similarly, film/layer is closed the film-based fibre net and can be provided benefit by the characteristics with the comprehensive various thin film of its lamination.Laminate web also can be described as composite fiber web.
The more rare example of laminate web comprises the laminated product of different materials.Material is different in mechanical stretching performance, thermal property or impression/sense of touch properties.For example, can join nonwoven web on the harder fabric to, provide the sense of touch of soft-surface to give this fabric.Can engage by fusion, bonding, ultrasound wave engages or the like, different materials is bonded together.Usually determine joint method by material itself, but need bonding usually.For example, lamination or the composite with the melting property that differs widely can need adhesive layer between laminate layers.Usually fully engage by binding agent even have the material of same melt character such as nonwoven and thermoplastic film material, to prevent deleterious layering.Because need to add binding agent, this processing method can be very expensive, and decide on the amount of the binding agent of interpolation, the laminate that obtains is harder usually.
The method of available this area prepares foraminous laminate web.For example license to a kind of beneficial method that discloses in people's such as Benson the U.S. Patent number the 5th, 916,661 of common transfer in the online perforate of non-woven fibre on June 29th, 1999.This patent has been told about to be had as being bonded on the laminated material of the spun-bonded fibre net of one deck at least of one deck meltblown fiber web, bonded carded fibrous web or other suitable material at least.This perforated fiber net can be at disposable absorbent article as top layer.But, do not mention the porose laminate web of forming by diverse material (as have different material classifications or have the material of different material properties) in No. 661 patents of Benson.
As mentioned above, nonwoven web is suitable to disposable absorbent article such as diaper, Briefs for incontinence patients, training pant, health care of women clothing or the like and personal care cleansing product such as disposable wet smear articles for use or the ingredient of dry wipe articles for use fully.Adhesive-bonded fabric also is the useful ingredient of other goods such as disposable garment, surgery article (as drop cloth, surgery smock or the like), durable coat, automobile component, automobile maintenance articles for use, the furniture that cushion is arranged, filter medium, household articles (as polishing rag, dedusting rag or the like) and other consumer goods or commodity.The adhesive-bonded fabric that is used in these and other application is benefited from its impression and sense of touch character widely.But when using separately, owing to the restriction of known preparation method, particularly compare with woven or braided material, the adhesive-bonded fabric of simple layer comprises in these useful performances and will be restricted aspect impression, sense of touch, intensity and the absorbent properties.
The disposable product that therefore, need contain the laminate web of fleece ingredient with individual material properties.
In addition, need contain by not having to engage the fibroreticulate disposable product of component layers formation lamination under the binding agent.
In addition, need contain and have the disposable product of visually different zone with porose laminate web that the impression that resembles fabric or resemble braiding and sense of touch are provided.
Brief summary of the invention
Disposable product, contain:
A) have and permitted porous laminate web, this laminate web has:
1) has the tensile fleece of ground floor of first elongation at break;
2) second layer that is bonded on the tensile fleece of this ground floor with many abutments can be stretched
Long fleece, the extending fleece of this second layer has second elongation at break; And
3) place the 3rd layer of web material between this ground floor and the second layer fleece, the 3rd
Layer web material has the 3rd extension at break greater than this first or second elongation at break
Rate;
B) place the useful composition that is adjacent to this laminate web.
In another embodiment, disclose and had first and second extending fleeces that the discrete abutment with majority engages and the porose laminate web that places the trilaminate material between first and second nonwoven webs.First, second and the 3rd nonwoven web can transmit fluid by hole, and have the zones of different of being distinguished by at least one character that is selected from basis weight, fibre orientation, thickness and density.
The brief introduction of figure
Though this description it has been generally acknowledged that to point out and to state that clearly claim of the present invention summarizes the present invention may be better understood together with subsidiary description by following figure, roughly the same ingredient provides with identical reference number in the description.
Fig. 1 is the perspective view of an embodiment of laminate web of the present invention.
Fig. 2 is the phantom of the laminate web shown in Fig. 1.
Fig. 3 is the amplification detailed annotation figure at an abutment of laminate web of the present invention.
Fig. 4 is the vertical view of another embodiment of laminate web of the present invention.
Fig. 5 is the phantom of the laminate web shown in Fig. 4.
Fig. 6 is the vertical view of another embodiment of laminate web of the present invention.
Fig. 7 is the phantom of the laminate web shown in Fig. 6.
Fig. 8 is the microphotograph of an embodiment of laminate web of the present invention.
Fig. 9 is the diagram of the process of preparation laminate web of the present invention.
Figure 10 is the perspective view of welding rolling equipment.
Figure 11 is the diagram of stack projection pattern.
Figure 12 is used to stretch the perspective view of laminate of the present invention with the equipment that forms the hole therein.
Figure 13 is the cutaway view of the supporting part of the equipment shown in Figure 12.
Figure 14 is used for along the perspective view of the cross directional stretch of machine laminate of the present invention with the alternate device that forms the hole therein.
Figure 15 is used for along the machine direction perspective view of laminate of the present invention with another alternate device of forming the hole therein that stretch.
Figure 16 is used for along transverse machine and the machine direction perspective view of laminate of the present invention with the equipment that forms the hole therein that stretch.
Figure 17 is the perspective view with disposable absorbent article of the ingredient that available laminate web material of the present invention makes.
                          Detailed Description Of The Invention
Term used herein " absorbent article " refers to absorb the also contrivance of containing fluid (such as water, cleaning agent, conditioner, polish, health juice). In some cases, this term depending on or near the health of wearer place to absorb and hold the various juices of discharging from health contrivance. In other cases, this term refers to can absorb and keep the goods of beneficiating ingredient before the consumer uses these goods for the purposes of its expection.
Term used herein " disposable " is (namely preferably to be expected at and to abandon after using 25 times in order to describe not plan to wash or otherwise to recover or repeatedly re-use, abandon after more preferably using 10 times, even more preferably after using 5 times, abandon, most preferably once abandon afterwards using approximately) goods of the present invention. Preferred reclaim this disposable product, it is made mixed fertile or otherwise processed in mode compatible on the environment. " whole " disposable product refer to by with independent part integrator to form collaborative entity thereby not need independent control assembly such as independent holder and the disposable product of liner.
Term used herein " nonwoven web " refers to have and interweaves mutually but be not the individual fibers that interweaves with any regular repetitive mode or the fleece of silk thread structure. The past nonwoven web can form by several different methods, such as melt jet method, spun-bond process and bonded carded fibrous web method.
Term used herein " microfibre " refers to that average diameter is no more than 100 microns small diameter fibers.
Term used herein " meltblown fibers " refers to by molten thermoplastic is expressed into the fiber that high speed gas (such as air) stream forms via the thin normally circular capillary die of majority with melting silk or filament, high velocity air can dilute the filament of molten thermoplastic to reduce its diameter, can be reduced to the microfibre diameter. Thereafter, meltblown fibers is carried and is deposited on by high velocity air collects the surface, to form the meltblown fiber web of random dispersion.
Term used herein " spun-bonded fibre " refers to by molten thermoplastic is extruded, then extruded the small diameter fibers that filament diameter reduces rapidly by stretching from thin, the usually circular capillary spinning head of majority with the filament form.
Term " polymer " used herein " generally comprise but be not limited to homopolymers, copolymer such as block, grafting, random and alternate copolymer, terpolymer etc., with and composition thereof and variant. In addition, unless special restriction, term " polymer " are arranged in addition " should comprise the geometric configuration of all possible material. These configurations are including, but not limited to isotaxy, syndiotaxy and atactic symmetries.
Term used herein " flexible " can stretch after referring to apply inclined to one side power, can extend at least about 60% (namely be elongated to the inclined to one side power length of stretching, this length be at least its lax without power length partially about 160%) and remove any material of at least 55% that can recover its elongation behind the pulling force. The example of supposing is that one (1) inch material sample is extending at least 1.6 inches, and can recover to be no more than 1.27 inches length except behind the pulling force being elongated to 1.6 inches recession. Many elastomeric materials can be stretched to and surpass 60% (namely substantially exceed its relaxed length 160%), for example extend 100% and Geng Duo, and many these materials can recover its initial relaxed length substantially, for example remove return to behind the pulling force its initial relaxed length 105% in.
Term used herein " inelastic " refers to the not any material within above-mentioned " flexible " range of definition.
Term used herein " tensile " refer to apply after the inclined to one side power do not have badly damaged lower extending at least about any material of 50%.
Goods of the present invention comprise following element. Laminate web
The laminate web 10 of goods of the present invention comprises at least three layers of fleece or synusia, as shown in Figure 1, arranges with lamellated, aspectant form.Each layer should enough approach can carry out processing described herein, still do not have definite limited thickness (specification).But but known first skin and second skin 20,40 are respectively first drawing of fiber net with first elongation at break and the second drawing of fiber net with second elongation at break.Second skin preferably has and the first outer identical materials, but also can be different materials.Have at least one the 3rd middle level 30 to place between two skins.Handle laminate web 10 by hot calender as described below, being provided for many welding points 50 of welding layer 20,30 and 40, thereby make component layer form the fleece of integral body.Though laminate web 10 mainly is disclosed in the context of nonwoven web and complex, laminate web 10 can require any web material of (as melting property, extensibility) to make by meeting as described here in principle.For example component layer can be thin film, microporous membrane, apertured film or the like.
Preferably, first and second skins are non-woven material.Be applicable to that the first and second outer field non-woven materials are including, but not limited to cellulose, sponge (being natural and synthetic), formed film, cotton-wool and combination thereof.Preferably, first and second outer each all comprise the material that is selected from cellulose non-woven material, formed film, cotton-wool, foam, sponge, reticulated polymer foam, vacuum forming laminate, gauze and combination thereof.
First and second layers can comprise many natural and synthetic fibers or material.The meaning of " natural " is the side-product of material source in plant, animal, insecticide or plant, animal and insecticide.Traditional basic parent material is generally fleece, wherein contains any common synthetic or natural textile fiber, or its mixture.
The non-limitative example of the natural material that is suitable in each of this laminate web layer has but is not limited to silk fiber, keratin fiber and cellulose fibre.The non-limitative example of keratin fiber has the fiber that is selected from wool fiber, camel-hair fiber or the like.The non-limitative example of cellulose fibre has the fiber that is selected from wood pulp cellulose, cotton fiber, hemp, tossa, flax fiber and composition thereof.Cellulosic fibre material is that the present invention is preferred.
The non-limitative example of the synthetic material that is suitable in each of this laminate web layer has the fiber that is selected from acetate fiber, polyacrylic acid series fiber, cellulose ester fiber, improvement polyacrylic acid series fiber, Fypro, polyester fiber, polyolefine fiber, vinal, rayon fiber, polyethylene, polyurethane foam and composition thereof.These exemplary synthetic material have acrylic compounds, as Acrilan, Creslan and acrylonitrile group fiber-Orlon; Cellulose ester fiber is as cellulose acetate, A Nier and A Xier; Polyamide is as nylon (as nylon 6, nylon 66, NYLON610 or the like); Polyester is as fortrel, Ke Daier and dacron fibre, poly fiber, dacron; Polyolefin is as polypropylene, polyethylene; The polyvinyl acetate ester fiber; Polyurethane foam and composition thereof.Fiber that Zhi Bei these and other is suitable and non-woven material are at Riedel " nonwoven associated methods and material ", " the nonwoven world " (Nonwoven World) (1987) thus; " America encyclopedia " (The EncyclopediaAmericana) rolled up (147-153 page or leaf) and the 26th volume (566-581 page or leaf) in 1984 the 11st; Authorizing January 2 nineteen ninety in No. 4,891,228, people's such as Thaman No. 4,891,227, United States Patent (USP) and the United States Patent (USP) has describe, in general terms, quotes as a reference in this integral body.
By the non-woven material that natural material makes, normally net and the thin slice of being made on the fine metal silk screen plate by the suspension of fiber constitutes.See people such as C.A.Hampel " chemistry encyclopedia " 1973 the 3rd edition (793-795 page or leaf); " America encyclopedia " rolled up " paper pulp and the paper technical manual " of (376-383 page or leaf) and G.A.Smook in 1984 the 21st, and paper pulp and paper industrial technology association (1986) quote as a reference in this integral body.
The natural non-woven material that is suitable in each of laminate web of the present invention layer can obtain from many industrial sources.The non-limitative example of the suitable industrial ply of paper that herein is suitable for has Airtex , embossing air lay cellulose layer, basic weight is about 71gsy, can be from James River (Green Bay, WI) acquisition; Walkisoft , embossing air lay cellulose, basic weight is about 75gsy, can be from WalkisoftU.S.A. (Mount Holly, NC) acquisition.
Other suitable non-woven material comprises, but be not limited to authorize on May 8th, 1984 United States Patent (USP) the 4th of Osborn, 447, No. 294, authorized the patent the 4th of Bjorkquist on July 29th, 1986,603, No. 176, authorized the patent the 4th of Bjorkquist on January 1st, 1991,981, No. 557, authorized the patent the 5th of Bjorkquist on February 4th, 1992,085, No. 736, authorized the patent the 5th of Bjorkquist on August 8th, 1992,138, No. 002, authorized people's such as Phan patent the 5th on November 16th, 1993,262, No. 007, authorized people's such as Phan patent the 5th on November 23rd, 1993,264, No. 082, authorized the patent the 4th of Trokhan on January 20th, 1987,637, No. 859, No. the 4th, 529,480, the patent of mandate on July 16th, 1985 Trokhan, authorized the patent the 4th of McNeil on August 18th, 1987,687, No. 153, No. the 5th, 223,096, people's such as mandate on June 29th, 1993 Phan patent, authorized people's such as Rasch patent the 5th on October 21st, 1997,679, No. 222, authorized people's such as Benson No. the 5th, 628,097, patent on May 13rd, 1997 and all be patent the 5th people such as mandate on June 29th, 1999 Benson, 916, No. 661 and the 5th, 658, disclosed material in No. 639, integral body is quoted each patent herein, as a reference.
The method for preparing non-woven material is well known in the art.Usually, these nonwoven substrate can become net, melt ejection, molding simultaneously, spun-bond process or carding method preparation by air lay, current, wherein fiber or long filament at first are cut into the length that needs from long thigh, by current or air-flow, be deposited on then on the web plate, the air-flow or the current that are full of fiber pass through this web plate.No matter its production method or composition, final layer will experience a kind of in several at least bonding operations, so that the fiber individuality is fixed together, forms self-holding net.Among the present invention, each layer that comprises non-woven material can pass through prepared in various methods, these methods have but be not limited to that gas blowout is entwined, the water spray is entwined, the combination of heat bonding and these methods.
The 3rd middle level that extensibility is bigger also can be aforesaid non-woven material.It is compatible with outer heat that but middle level 30 does not need itself.Middle level 30 does not even need melt-processable.It can be as cellulosic material, as paper, cotton paper, napkin, medicated napkin; Woven or knit materials is as cotton yarn or artificial silk blending; Or thermosets, as polyester or aromatic polyamide membrane.Middle level 30 can be for having other non-woven material of the character that is suitable for being processed into porose layer.If middle level 30 has fusing point, preferably at least about 20 ℃ than outer floor height.But middle level 30 does not need to have fusing point, can just experience softening under the required rolling temperature of welding laminate.
One of unexpected advantage of the present invention is to find can obtain novel web properties by the middle level 30 of selecting two outer interlayers.Preferably, middle layer material is selected from thermoplasticity cotton-wool, polymeric film, elastic sponge, formed film and combination thereof.It is very important that but the middle level has greater than first and second outer field the 3rd elongation at break this point.In the extensive selectivity of layer material can obtain surprising multiple structure of the present invention, all useful application in all kinds of final uses of each structure.
The material that the middle level is suitable for is the elastomeric polymer film, as macroscopic view expansion vacuum forming three-dimensional film, as the common transfer United States Patent (USP) serial number the 08/816th that is entitled as " the extending fleece of anti-tear porous " of filing an application on March 14th, 1997 by people such as Curro, described in No. 106, quote as a reference in view of the above herein.In addition, the middle level can be the three-dimensional film with micropore, as people's such as December in 1986 mandate on the 16th Curro common transfer United States Patent (USP) the 4th, the patent the 4th, 609 that 629, No. 643 and JIUYUE in 1986 were authorized people such as Curro on the 2nd, described in No. 518, quote the two herein as a reference.
The middle level can be has the web material that can strain (strainable) network, described in No. the 5th, 518,801, the United States Patent (USP) of authorizing people such as Chappell on May 21st, 1996, quotes as a reference in view of the above herein.This fleece can be the fleece of elastic-like film (SELF) on the structure, by as make with backing plate or roll-in stricture of vagina.
The middle level can be absorbability open cell foamed plastic web material.The absorbent foam that is specially adapted to high-performance absorbent article such as diaper is made by High Internal Phase Emulsion (hereinafter referred to as " HIPE ").For example, quote as a reference referring to No. the 5th, 268,224, the United States Patent (USP) of No. the 5th, 260,345, the United States Patent (USP) of authorizing people such as () DesMarais on November 9th, 1993 and December in 1993 mandate on the 7th people such as () DesMarais herein.These absorbability hipe foams provide the fluid handling properties that needs, comprise: (a) wicking preferably and fluid distribution performance, other district that transfers to foaming structure from initial uptake zone with the urine that will absorb or other body fluid is to allow to hold effusive subsequently fluid; And (b) under load, i.e. higher storage volume and higher fluid displacement under pressure.
In addition, because laminate web 10 is to make, can obtain durability and character under the situation of not using thermoplastic adhesives as clothes.This laminate can be washed many times before unacceptable wearing and tearing.
As shown in Figure 2, when the selection in middle level 30 is experienced following processing based on the assembly fibrous layer when laminate web 10, the part that 50 zones are put in welding in middle level 30 is separated so that ground floor 20 directly with second skin 40 in the 52 places welding of the interface of two kinds of materials of welding point 50.Without being limited by theory, it is generally acknowledged method of the present invention by fusion, shearing, cutting or otherwise make the middle level fragmentation impel middle level 30 to separate, and layer material is enough to make two outer thermal weldings in the displacement.
Without being limited by theory, it is generally acknowledged for the welding that realizes each layer of laminate web to form the hole subsequently therein, following focus calendering should emerge the thermal welding site with narrow width W and high-aspect-ratio.For example, Fig. 3 has represented to have narrow width W and high-aspect-ratio, has been the melting zone that length L substantially exceeds the single welding point 50 of width W.The selection of length L should allow enough welding areas, and width W should be enough narrow, can cut, shear or pierce through layer 30 in welding point zone by following method in order to the projection that forms welding point (as described below) like this.Width W can be between about 0.003 inch and 0.020 inch, but in preferred embodiments, between about 0.005 inch and 0.010 inch, can be with the character adjustment in middle level 30.In preferred embodiments, only pierced through layer 30, the hole has been opened in the middle level after welding like this, and skin is the state of the atresia of welding.But, need cut, shear, pierce through at some or all welding point places or in all layers 20,30 and 40, form opening in order to the projection that forms welding point for some final uses.
It has been generally acknowledged that length-width ratio can be low to moderate about 3 (being that the L/W ratio equals 3/1).Length-width ratio also can be between about 4 and 20.In a preferred embodiment, length-width ratio is about 10.As described below, the length-width ratio of welding point 50 only is subject to the length-width ratio of the some welding projection of corresponding stack.
As shown in Figure 1 in preferred embodiments, the longitudinal axis I corresponding to each welding point of the length direction of welding point 50 is positioned at generally along on the rule of machine direction MD orientation, the multiple pattern on the direction.But welding point can be positioned at along cross machine orientation or at random along perpendicular to machine with along on the rule of the mixed orientation of machine direction, the repetitions patterns.For example, welding point 50 can be positioned on " herringbone " pattern.
When the direction along the longitudinal axis I that is generally perpendicular to welding point 50 stretches or prolongs above-mentioned thermal welding lamination fleece, can obtain another advantage of the present invention.The welding of putting 50 places in welding is tending towards making the fleece part part at welding point place to weaken.Like this, during along the part of drawing of fiber net 10 on the direction of longitudinal axis I that is generally perpendicular to welding point 50, the material tensile failure at welding point place, formation perforate.The higher length-width ratio of welding point 50 allows to form bigger perforate under enough stretchings.Evenly during stretching laminate web 10, the result is the regular pattern corresponding to many holes 60 of the pattern of welding point 50.
Fig. 4 has represented to be applicable to the phantom of porose laminate web of the present invention.As shown in the figure, phantom can make each the layer can plane graph.Laminate web 10 shown in Fig. 4 is to make after perpendicular to the y direction of welding point, in the case for the direction CD stretching thermal welding lamination product of vertical machine.As shown in the figure, be that welding is put 50 parts because more weak welding point tensile failure has formed hole 60 originally.Equally as shown in the figure, decide on the material character in middle level 30, middle level 30 can distribute equably usually and be retained in the laminate 10.When middle level 30 had more extensibility than outer 20 or 40, it can stretch simply by plastic deformation, but still was distributed in equably usually in the zone of not perforate of fiber 10.For example, if thermoplastic film is used as middle level 30, it stretches ground or flexibly (type that depends on film) extension, but still keeps evenly usually, for example keeps evenly on density or basis weight.
When forming hole 60, the thermal welding of layer 20,30,40 part mainly is retained in corresponding to the part around the hole of the length of welding point 50.Therefore, shown among Fig. 4 62, each hole 60 does not have the periphery of thermal welding material, but has only part to keep welding.In case an advantage of this laminate web is perforate, just can promote the fluid transmission in middle level.Like this, absorbability middle level 30 can be used between two more non-absorbent skins, and laminate 10 can be the absorbability Wiping article with the outer contacting surface of doing.
Fig. 5 is the diagram of the cross section represented among Fig. 4.As shown in the figure, laminate web has formed hole 60 when direction T elongates.
In certain preferred aspects, laminate web is characterized as about 10% to about 20% " aperture area " with surface." aperture area " used herein is meant fleece by perforate or contain porosely, and like this because fleece expansion behind the stretchings/ring rolling, the amount that covers the required material of certain area is minimum.More preferably, fibroreticulate aperture area is about 11% to about 17%.
The surprising advantage of the laminate web structure shown in Fig. 6 is for to exist different zones at fibroreticulate no bore portion, and this zone can be distinguished by at least a character that is selected from basis weight, thickness, density and combination thereof.Shown in the cross section of Fig. 7, can distinguish several such zones.In preferred embodiments, this zone is visually different, gives laminate web with desirable impression and sense of touch on aesthetic feeling, is specially adapted to goods of the present invention.This zone also can give laminate with as clothes or resemble the quality of knitted fabric.
According to Fig. 7, shown in cross section in can discern zones different on several structures.Zone 64 is corresponding to hole 60.In fibroreticulate aporate area, zone 66 is for comprising the higher basis weight district in middle level 30.The fibroreticulate part of zone 68 expression laminations, wherein middle level 30 broken and separation promptly no longer intactly exist, and form the low basis weight district of fleece 10.Common higher basis weight district also is the higher density district relatively, but so unessential.For example, the embossing processing after can stretching to fleece 10 is to form the multi-density district except many basis weights district.For high basis weight district or high density area, can between finger, rub simply usually and can distinguish different.
In general, have along the common parallel row of the welding point 50 of machine direction MD extension, this row correspondingly forms the common parallel row in hole and has the laminate web 10 of elongation at break less than this outer field middle level when stretching, the tensile perforate laminate web 10 that obtains is characterized as along being usually low basis weight, low density area, for example zone 68 among Fig. 6 and 7 between the hole of machine direction MD.Similarly, being characterized as between capable perpendicular to the adjacent holes of machine direction CD of laminate web 10 is higher basis weight, high density area, as the zone among Fig. 7 66.By layer material 30 and possible back lamination treatment in selecting, as embossed, can change the thickness of laminate web equally, thicker zone generally corresponds to higher density region.
Another embodiment that is applicable to laminate web of the present invention is made skin with nonwoven web, and being characterized as can be by the zones of different of fibre orientation differentiation.Can obtain different fibre orientations by making regional area in the fleece stand the stretching bigger than other zone.For example, can form significant fibre orientation district by fleece 10 is applied bigger stress corresponding to the regional part in the zone 68 of Fig. 6.Might apply this local stress by following method of the present invention.
Fig. 8 forms the microphotograph that hole and local elongation form the of the present invention fibroreticulate amplification detailed annotation figure in fibre orientation district 68 for expression has stretched.As can be seen from Figure 8, by with than the fibroreticulate part of bigger ground of other parts local elongation, can be different apertures in the hole of this place's formation.Like this, generally being expressed as 70 zone among Fig. 8 has stood than the bigger stress (being local elongation) in zone with 72 expressions.Like this, the hole in the zone 70 is than the Kong Gengda in the zone 72, and the basis weight of the non-woven fibre net materials in the zone 72 will be lower than the basis weight of the nonwoven web in the zone 70.Except the basis weight difference that causes owing to local stress difference, laminate web of the present invention also can have the zones of different 68 of fibre orientation.In these zones, fiber is a leading orientation along draw direction from general random orientation reorientation.
In addition, use can obtain useful result more than a middle level 30.For example, contain polymeric film middle level and other middle level with cellulose paper, wherein two middle levels all place the nonwoven first and second outer field laminate webs to can be made into a side than opposite side absorbability absorbability Wiping articles preferably.When having the polymeric membrane middle level, it can be the three-dimensional film, and the film side can offer the extra structure that laminate is of value to many wipe applications like this.Be applicable to that macroscopical expansion three-dimensional film of the present invention comprises the common transfer United States Patent (USP) the 3rd of December in 1975 mandate on the 30th Thompson, 929, authorize people's such as Radel United States Patent (USP) the 4th on No. 135 and August 3 nineteen eighty-two, 342, formed film described in No. 314 is quoted two patents herein as a reference.
Middle level 30 can be contained the absorbability gel rubber material in addition.For example, laminate web of the present invention is during as the sandwich layer in absorbability Wiping article or the disposable absorbent article of the present invention, and superabsorbers (supersorbers) or hydrogel material can provide the excellent absorption ability." hydrogel " used herein be meant can absorb aqueous fluid and in depress and keep fluidic inorganic or organic compound.Be the result who obtains, this hydrogel should be water-insoluble.Example organic and/or inorganic materials such as silica gel and organic compound such as cross linked polymer.It is crosslinked that to can be covalency, ion, Van der Waals or hydrogen bond crosslinked.The example of polymer comprises polyacrylamide, polyvinyl alcohol, ethenyl maleic anhydride copolymer, polyvinylether, hydroxypropyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, polyvinylpyridine or the like.Suitable gel rubber material has been described in hereinafter " nonessential composition " relevant with personal care product of the present invention.It should be understood that irrelevant with the desired use of goods, this gel rubber material also can be used in each goods of the present invention.
Because laminate web can be made by different materials not using under the binding agent welding, this fibroreticulate structure is particularly useful for the combination of goods of the present invention.Most welding points 50 are enough to make the fleece ingredient to remain in the laminate web together, but thereby laminate web show as complete process and use, do not have disadvantageous stratified whole fleece.But in some embodiments, for some material, coating adhesive is useful between at least two component layer.
The fibroreticulate method of preparation lamination
Referring to Fig. 9, illustrate the process of the laminate web of preparation goods of the present invention at 100 places.
The higher fleece 120 of first draftability launches from feed rolls 104, and when feed rolls 104 rotated with direction shown in the associated arrow, this fleece moved along the direction shown in the associated arrow.The higher fleece 140 of same second draftability launches from feed rolls 105.Similarly pull out from feed rolls 107 in middle level 130.Three assemblies (or more, if use more than a middle level) are by the roll gap 106 of roller 110 and the 112 focus welding roller arrangements 108 that form.
In two skins any all can contain formed film, as has a three-dimensional film of micropore, as common transfer United States Patent (USP) the 4th people such as December in 1986 mandate on the 16th Curro, 629, No. 643 and JIUYUE in 1986 were authorized the 4th of people such as Curro on the 2nd, described in 609, No. 518, quote the two herein as a reference.
In preferred embodiments, two skins all contain non-woven material, and can be identical materials.Can form non-woven material by known nonwoven extrusion method, meltblown or known spun-bond process as is known are directly by roll gap 106 rather than at first connect and/or be stored on the feed rolls.But in preferred scheme, nonwoven web is own focus welding (fixed) fleece that is purchased, can be on feed rolls.
As long as the 3rd middle level draftability is greater than first and second skins, the nonwoven web skin can be elasticity or inelastic.Nonwoven web can be any fusile fleece, comprises spun-bonded fibre net, meltblown fiber web or bonded carded fibrous web.If nonwoven web is the fleece of meltblown fibers, it can comprise melt-blown micro-fiber.Nonwoven web can be made by polymer that forms fiber such as polyolefin.Polyolefinic example comprises one or more polypropylene, polyethylene, ethylene copolymer, propylene copolymer and butylene copolymer.The basis weight that nonwoven web has restrains between every square metre (gsm) about 10 to about 60, more preferably between about 15 to about 30gsm.
Outer can be of each nonwoven itself has as being connected to the multilayer material of the spun-bonded fibre net of one deck at least of one deck meltblown fiber web, bonded carded fibrous web or other suitable material at least.For example nonwoven web can be that to have basis weight be about 0.2 to be about 0.2 to be about 0.2 multi-layered web to about 8 ounces every square yard spunbond polyacrylic second layer to about 4 ounces every square yard fusion-jetting polypropylene layer and basis weight to about 8 ounces every square yard spunbond polyacrylic ground floor and basis weight.Perhaps, nonwoven web can be monolayer material, is about 0.2 to be about 0.2 to about 8 ounces every square yard meltblown fiber web to about 10 ounces every square yard spun-bonded fibre net or basis weight as basis weight.
The nonwoven web skin complex that the mixture of two or more mixture of different fibers or fiber and microgranule is made of also can serving as reasons.Can be by fiber and/or microgranule be added in the air-flow that carries meltblown fibers or spun-bonded fibre, twine mixed this mixture for preparing closely to make fiber and other material such as wood pulp, staple fiber and microgranule before collecting fiber.
Before the processing of described laminate web, can link together by the outer cover of joint, herein to form the binder fibre web frame with the fiber of each layer.Suitable joint method including, but not limited to chemical bond, ultrasound wave engage, thermal welding, knit winding (hydroentangling) and pierce through as a calendering, water.
Referring to Fig. 9 and 10, nonwoven thermal welding roller arrangement 108 preferably includes the stack 110 and the slick anvil roller 112 of pattern.Can will there be the stack 110 of pattern and slick anvil roller 112 one or both of all to heat, can regulate pressure between two rollers by well-known method, so that the temperature and pressure that needs to be provided, to replace middle level 30 at welding point place simultaneously and to be welded together at many weldings two skins of naming a person for a particular job.
Have stack 110 configurations of pattern to become to have columniform surperficial 114, and from the surface 114 outwards outstanding many projections or pattern unit 116.Projection 116 is positioned on the predetermined pattern, and configuration is also arranged each projection 116, in welding point displacement middle level 30 and in many sites two skins are welded together.Figure 11 has represented a pattern of projection.As shown in the figure, projection 116 has width smaller WP, and this width but is about 0.010 inch between about 0.003 inch to 0.020 inch in preferred embodiments.The length L P of projection is between about 0.030 inch to about 0.200 inch, and length is about 0.100 inch in preferred embodiments.In preferred embodiments, the length-width ratio of projection is 10.Shown pattern is embarked on journey usually for the regular repetitions patterns of staggered projection, and every row is separated by big line space RS between about 0.010 inch and about 0.200 inch.In preferred embodiments, line space RS is about 0.060 inch.Projection in delegation can separate by the projection spacing PS that generally equals projection length LP.But final products optionally and deciding can change spacing and pattern by any way.
As shown in figure 10, there is pattern calendar rolls 110 can have the repetitions patterns of the projection of expanding in about whole circumference on surface 114 116.Perhaps, projection 116 can be in a part or the expansion of a plurality of part of surface 114 circumference.Equally, projection 116 can be unduplicated pattern, or the repetitions patterns of random orientation projection.
Projection 116 is preferably from surface 114 radial tack taper shapes of outwards giving prominence to, having rectangle or some oval-shaped end surface 117.Not therefore although can be and scope of the present invention is limited in only is the projection of this configuration, as mentioned above and referring to Figure 11, can only in projection when surface 117 has narrow width and high length-width ratio equally endways, reach the high-aspect-ratio of welding point 50 if it has been generally acknowledged that.Without being limited by theory, it has been generally acknowledged that the shape that other of terminal 117 suits is including, but not limited to circular, square, rectangle or the like if can promote fibroreticulate welding of lamination and perforate.Preferably with roller 110 polish so that all end faces 117 all are the right circular cylinder with the coaxial anticipation of the turning cylinder of corresponding roller 110.
The height of projection should be selected according to the thickness of the laminate of welding.Usually, the fibroreticulate maximum ga(u)ge of lamination during height should be handled greater than calendering is like this at the welding point and only in the sufficient welding of welding point generation.
Anvil roller 112 is preferably the right circular cylinder shape steel of smooth surface.
Behind roll gap 106, three (or more) component fibers net 120,130 and 140 has formed laminate web 10.As illustrated in fig. 1 and 2, this point place during the course, outer by thermal welding and atresia.Middle level 30 in the fleece 130 replaces by perforate and by the projection in the roll gap 106 116.
Can further handle laminate web 10, so that the extension perpendicular to the whole laminate web on the direction of the axle I of welding point 50 forms the hole on the edge.Formed fibroreticulate aperture area by this method.As shown in Figures 9 and 10, axle I generally is parallel to the fibroreticulate machine direction MD of processing.Therefore, weld vertically CD stretch and can cause welding point 50 to break and in fleece split shed formation hole.
A method that forms the hole on fleece is to make fleece through using the roll gap 130 of stepping tensioning system 132 formation with three-dimensional surface and mutual at least to a certain extent complementary opposed pressure loader 134 and 136.Can realize the stretching of laminate web by technical known other method, comprise stenter or even pass through hands.But for reach uniform strain level, particularly local train difference if desired on whole fleece, stepping tensioning system disclosed herein is preferred.
Now referring to Figure 12, represented to have the part enlarged drawing of the stepping tensioning system 132 of stepping draw roll 134 and 136.Stepping draw roll 134 comprises the many teeth 160 and the corresponding groove 161 of the about whole circumference that expands to roller 134.Stepping draw roll 136 comprises many teeth 162 and many corresponding grooves 163.Tooth 160 on the roller 134 intermeshes with the groove 163 on the roller 136, and tooth 162 on the roller 136 and the groove 161 on the roller 134 intermesh.As shown in figure 13, the tooth on each roller is generally leg-of-mutton.In the finished fiber net, reach some purpose if desired, can be with the summit of tooth rounding slightly.
Referring to Figure 13, the tooth 160 of the roller 134 that is meshed and 136 and 162 part have been represented respectively.Term used herein " tooth pitch " is meant the distance between the summit of adjacent teeth.Tooth pitch can be between about 0.02 to about 0.30 inch, preferably between about 0.05 to about 0.15 inch.The height of tooth (degree of depth) is the height of measuring to the summit of tooth from the bottom of tooth, and preferably all the height of tooth all equates.The height of tooth can be between about 0.10 inch to 0.90 inch, preferably between about 0.25 inch to 0.50 inch.
Tooth 160 on roller can with the tooth 162 skew half tooth distances on another roller, the tooth (as tooth 160) on such roller can be meshed with the paddy (as paddy 163) of between cog on the counter roller.Skew makes two rollers can intermesh when relative engagement, operating position.In preferred embodiments, only part engagement of the tooth of corresponding roller.The degree of depth of the engagement of tooth is called " depth of engagement " or tooth " DOE " herein on the relative roller.As shown in figure 13, DOE, E, for by the summit of the tooth on the respective rollers in the position of plane P 1 expression in same plane (0% engagement) and the distance of crossing by the summit of the tooth of a roller between the position that plane P 2 that the groove of plane P 1 to opposed roller extend represents.Best or effective DOE for concrete laminate web will decide on tooth depth, tooth pitch and fibroreticulate material.
In another embodiment, the tooth of counter roller needn't be aimed at the paddy of opposed roller.That is to say that tooth and paddy is out-phase to a certain extent, can be from being displaced to skew greatly slightly.
Laminate web 10 with welding point 50 is during by stepping tensioning system 132, and laminate web 10 can stand to make laminate web 10 along the CD of CD direction elongation or perpendicular to the stretching on the machine direction.Perhaps, can be in addition at MD (on the machine direction) laminate web 10 that additionally stretches.Scalable (as by regulating DOE) is applied to the pulling force on the laminate web 10, so that welding point 50 separates or breaks, produces the many holes 60 that coincide with welding point 50 in laminate web 10.But shown in the part among Fig. 4 62, the weld portion branch of laminate web 10 keeps, even thereby still keep tacky state at the welding point back nonwoven web that breaks.
Behind the pulling force that stands to be applied by stepping tensioning system 132, laminate web 10 has had many holes 60 that the welding area 50 with laminate web coincides.As mentioned above, the peripheral part in hole 60 comprises the residue 62 of welding point 50.It has been generally acknowledged that residue 62 helps to resist that lamination is fibroreticulate tears or layering.
Can change one or two roller rather than with two identical substantially rollers 134 and 136, stretch and other pattern to produce.For example, one or two roller can be changed, shown in the roller among Figure 14 236, the smooth groove otch of proportional spacing can be on the lip-deep tooth of roller, added.Represented to have the enlarged drawing of the alternative stepping tensioning system 232 of stepping draw roll 234 and 236 among Figure 14.Stepping draw roll 234 comprises the many teeth 260 and the corresponding groove 261 of the about whole circumference that expands to roller 234.Stepping draw roll 236 comprises many teeth 262 and many corresponding grooves 263.Tooth 260 on the roller 234 intermeshes with the groove 263 on the roller 236, and tooth 262 on the roller 236 and the groove 261 on the roller 234 intermesh.Tooth on one or two roller can be just like the ditch 246 that forms by machine, and the laminate web material of deformed region can not keep after stretching like this.On May 21st, 1996 was described the roller of suitable pattern in the United States Patent (USP) the 5th, 518,801 with people's such as Chappell name mandate, quote disclosing as a reference of this patent herein.
Similarly, as shown in figure 15, stepping stretches and can be orientated by counter roller.This roller comprises a series of ridge 360,362 and the paddy 361,363 of the axle A that is parallel to roller 334 or 336 respectively.Ridge forms many leg-of-mutton teeth on the roller surface.One of two rollers or two rollers also can have the isolated ditch 346 of a series of hoop orientations around cylindrical roller.Illustrated roller stepping stretching effectively has the general laminate along the welding point 50 that is parallel to vertical machine (CD) direction orientation of axle I when handling.
In one embodiment, the method for preparing laminate web goods of the present invention can comprise that CD and MD stepping stretch.As shown in figure 16, two pairs of stepping draw rolls can use in line, and a pair of like this (232, wherein comprise a series of separated ditches 246 as shown in figure 16) can carry out CD and stretch, and another can carry out MD to 332 and stretch.By the method, many interesting quality as fabric can be introduced in the goods of the present invention.The feel that obtains makes this fleece as fabric be used for goods of the present invention ideally with impression. Useful composition
Goods of the present invention contain in addition and place the useful composition that is adjacent to laminate web.Because goods of the present invention are applicable to many aspects, as personal nursing, household care or the like, useful composition can be selected from cleaning ingredients, conditioning ingredients, cosmetic composition, cleansing, polishing composition and combination thereof. Cleansing
For the suitable beneficiating ingredient of cleansing preferably includes one or more surfactants.Cleansing places and is adjacent to laminate web.In certain embodiments, cleansing be impregnated in the layer of laminate web.In other embodiments, cleansing be deposited on laminate web the layer one or more surfaces on.Goods of the present invention contain based on laminate web weight about 10% to about 1,000%, preferably about 50% to about surfactant of 600%, more preferably about 100% to about 250%.Similarly, goods of the present invention preferably contain the surfactant at least about 1 gram of laminate web weight.Like this, can under not needing dried, cleansing be added in the fleece.
The surfactant of cleansing is preferably lathering surfactant." lathering surfactant " used herein is meant and the foamy surfactant of the mixed generation of water mechanical agitation.Because the symbol that enhanced foam is renderd a service as washing is very important concerning consumer, this surfactant is preferred.In some personal nursing embodiment, the combination of surfactant or surfactant is preferably gentle." gentleness " used herein is meant that surfactant and goods of the present invention have at least than the common bar soap substrate that generally contains natural soap and synthetic surfactant (as Lever 2000 And Zest ) the skin mildness of milder.Mildness or irritating on the contrary method that mensuration contains the goods of surfactant are based on the skin barrier failure test.In this test, surfactant is gentle more, and skin barrier is destructive few more.Skin barrier destruction is by radioactive label (the tritium spike) water (3H-H the physiological buffer that enters diffuser casing from test solution through epiderm skin 2O) relative quantity is measured.T.J.Franz authorizes in J.Invest.Dermatol.1975 the 64th volume 190-195 page or leaf and on June 16th, 1987 in people's such as Small No. the 4th, 673,525, the United States Patent (USP) and has introduced this test, and integral body quotes that the two is for referencial use herein.Also can use the mildness of known other test determines surfactant of person skilled in the art.
Multiple lathering surfactant is applicable to this, comprising anion lathering surfactant, nonionic lathering surfactant, cation lathering surfactant, both sexes lathering surfactant, and their mixture. The anion lathering surfactant
The non-limiting example of anion lathering surfactant that is applicable to the cleaning component of goods of the present invention is " detergent and emulsifying agent " (the North America version 1986, is published by Allured publishing company) that sees McCutcheon; " functional materials " of McCutcheon (North America version, 1992); United States Patent (USP) 3929678 (people such as Laughlin, December was authorized on the 30th in 1975) is all in conjunction with in the present invention as a reference.
Various anion surfactants all may be applicable to the present invention.The non-limiting example of anion foaming surfactant comprises: alkyl sulfate and alkyl ether sulfate; the sulphation monoglyceride; sulfonation alkene; alkylaryl sulfonates; uncle or secondary alkyl sulfonate; alkyl sulfo succinate; acyl taurine salt; acyl-hydroxyethyl sulfonate; alkyl glycerol ether sulfonate; methylmesylate; alpha-sulfonated fatty acid; alkylphosphonic; ethoxylated alkyl phosphate; acyl glutamate; acyl sarcosinates; alkyl sulfoacetate; acylated peptide; the alkyl ether carboxy acid salt; acyl-lactate; anion fluoro surfactants and their mixture.Anionic surfactant mixture can be effective to the present invention.
The anion surfactant that is applicable to this cleaning component comprises alkyl sulfate and alkyl ether sulfate.The representative formula of this constituents is R 1O-SO 3M and R 1(CH 2H 4O) x-O-SO 3M, wherein R 1Be the saturated or unsaturated straight or branched alkyl that contains about 24 carbon atoms of about 8-, x is 1-10, and M is a water-soluble cationic, as ammonium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, triethanolamine, diethanolamine and monoethanolamine.Alkyl sulfate generally carries out sulphation by single hydroxyl alcohol (containing about 24 carbon atoms of about 8-) through sulfur trioxide or other sulphation technology and makes.Alkyl ether sulfate is generally made through sulphation by the condensation product of oxirane and single hydroxyl alcohol (containing about 24 carbon atoms of about 8-).This class alcohol can be made as cocos nucifera oil or Adeps Bovis seu Bubali by fat, also can be through synthetic.The instantiation that is applicable to the alkyl sulfate of this cleaning component has lauryl or myristyl sodium sulfate salt, ammonium salt, potassium salt, magnesium salt or triethanolamine salt.The example of the alkyl ether sulfate that is suitable for comprises lauryl ether-3 ammonium sulfate, sodium salt, magnesium salt or triethanolamine salt.
Other anion surfactant that is suitable for has the sulphation monoglyceride, and its form is R 1CO-O-CH 2-C (OH) H-CH 2-O-SO 3M, wherein R 1Be the saturated or undersaturated straight or branched alkyl that contains about 24 carbon atoms of about 8-, M is water-soluble cationic such as ammonium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, triethanolamine, diethanolamine and monoethanolamine.They are generally formed monoglyceride, are made through the sulfur trioxide sulphation then by glycerol and fatty acid (containing about 24 carbon atoms of about 8-) reaction.The example of sulphation monoglyceride is a cocos nucifera oil monoglyceride sodium sulfate.
Other anion surfactant that is suitable for comprises alkene sulfonate, and its form is R 1SO 3M, R 1Be the monoene that contains about 24 carbon atoms of about 12-, M is water-soluble cationic such as ammonium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, triethanolamine, diethanolamine and monoethanolamine.This compounds can be made by following method, and alpha-olefin is SO 3 sulfonated through what do not cooperate, this acid reaction chemical compound that neutralizes then, and formed sultone obtains corresponding hydroxyl alkane sulfonate through hydrolysis in the reaction.The example of sulfonation alkene is a C14/C16 alpha-olefin sodium sulfonate.
Other anion surfactant that is suitable for is a linear alkylbenzene sulfonate (LAS), and its form is R 1-C 6H 4-SO 3M, wherein R 1Be the saturated or undersaturated straight or branched alkyl that contains about 24 carbon atoms of about 8-, M is water-soluble cationic such as ammonium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, triethanolamine, diethanolamine and monoethanolamine.This chemical compound can be by linear alkylbenzene (LAB) and SO 3 sulfonated making.The example of this anion surfactant is a dodecylbenzene sodium sulfonate.
Other anion surfactant that is applicable to this cleaning component comprises uncle or secondary paraffin sulfonate, and its form is R 1SO 3M, wherein R 1Be the saturated or undersaturated straight or branched alkyl that contains about 24 carbon atoms of about 8-, M is water-soluble cationic such as ammonium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, triethanolamine, diethanolamine and monoethanolamine.It is generally made through the sulfur dioxide sulfonation by alkane in the presence of chlorine and ultraviolet, or is made by other known method of sulfonating.Sulfonation can take place on the secondary of alkyl chain or uncle position.The example of alkane sulfonate is C among the present invention 13-17Alkane sulfonic acid alkali metal salts or ammonium salt.
Other anion surfactant that is suitable for has alkyl sulfo succinate, comprising N-octadecyl sulfosuccinamic acid disodium; Lauryl 2-Sulfosuccinic acid diammonium; N-(1,2-two carboxyethyls)-N-octadecyl 2-Sulfosuccinic acid four sodium; The sodium sulfosuccinate diamyl ester; The sodium sulfosuccinate dihexyl; And sodium sulfosuccinate dioctyl ester.
Taurate based on taurine also is suitable for, and the former is also referred to as the 2-aminoethane sulphonic acid.The example of taurine comprises the N-alkyl taurine, and it is made by the reaction of lauryl amine and sodium isethionate, and details are referring to US2658072, in conjunction with in the present invention as a reference.Other example based on taurine comprises the acyl group taurine, and it is made by n-N-methyltaurine and fatty acid (containing about 24 carbon atoms of about 8-) reaction.
The another kind of anion surfactant that is applicable to this cleaning component has acyl isethinate.This acyl isethinate is suc as formula R 1CO-O-CH 2CH 2SO 3Shown in the M, R wherein 1Be the saturated or undersaturated straight or branched alkyl that contains about 30 carbon atoms of about 10-, M is a cation.It is generally made by the alkali metal salt reaction of fatty acid (containing about 30 carbon atoms of about 8-) with isethionic acid.The non-limiting example of acyl isethinate comprises cocoyl isethionic acid ammonium, cocoyl hydroxyethyl sulfonate, lauroyl hydroxyethyl sulfonate, and their mixture.
Other anion surfactant that is suitable for also has alkyl glyceryl ether sulfonate, and its form is R 1-OCH 2-C (OH) H-CH 2-SO 3M, wherein R 1Be the saturated or undersaturated straight or branched alkyl that contains about 24 carbon atoms of about 8-, M is water-soluble cationic such as ammonium, sodium, potassium, magnesium, triethanolamine, diethanolamine and monoethanolamine.It can be made by epoxychloropropane and sodium sulfite and aliphatic alcohol (containing about 24 carbon atoms of about 8-) reaction, or is made by other method.One of example is a cocoyl glycerin ether sodium sulfonate.
Other anion surfactant that is suitable for comprises formula R 1CH (SO 4The alpha-sulfonated fatty acid of)-COOH and and formula R 1CH (SO 4)-CO-O-CH 3Sulfonated formate, R wherein 1It is the saturated or undersaturated straight or branched alkyl that contains about 24 carbon atoms of about 8-.It can be made through SO 3 sulfonated by fatty acid or alkyl methyl ester (containing about 24 carbon atoms of about 8-), or is made by other known sulfonation technology.The example comprises α-sulfonation fatty acid distribution of coconut oil and lauryl methyl ester.
Other anionic species comprises phosphate, and as monoalkyl, dialkyl group and trialkyl phosphate, it is made by five phosphorous oxide and monohydroxy side chain that contains about 24 carbon atoms of about 8-or straight chain alcohol reaction.Also can make by other known phosphorylation method.The example of this class surfactant is singly-or two-lauryl sodium phosphate.This class phosphate also can be ethoxylation, for example MAP of ethoxylation.
Other anionic species comprises acyl glutamate, and corresponding formula is R 1CO-N (COOH)-CH 2CH 2-CO 2M, wherein R 1Be the saturated or undersaturated straight or branched alkyl that contains about 24 carbon atoms of about 8-, M is a water-soluble cationic.Its non-limiting example comprises sodium lauroyl glutamate, and the cocoyl sodium glutamate.
Other anion component comprises the alkanoyl sarcosinate, and corresponding formula is R 1CON (CH 3)-CH 2CH 2-CO 2M, wherein R 1Be the saturated or undersaturated straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl that contains about 20 carbon atoms of about 10-, M is a water-soluble cationic.Its non-limiting example comprises sodium N-lauroyl sarcosinate, cocoyl sodium sarcosinate and lauroyl sarcosine ammonium.
Other anion component comprises the alkyl ether carboxy acid salt, and corresponding formula is R 1(OCH 2CH 2) x-OCH 2-CO 2M, wherein R 1Be the saturated or undersaturated straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl that contains about 24 carbon atoms of about 8-, x is 1-10, and M is a water-soluble cationic.Its non-limiting example comprises the lauryl ether carboxylic acid sodium.
Other anion component comprises acyl-lactate, and corresponding formula is R 1CO-[O-CH (CH 3)-CO] x-CO 2M, wherein R 1Be the saturated or undersaturated straight or branched alkyl or alkenyl that contains about 24 carbon atoms of about 8-, x is 3, and M is a water-soluble cationic.Its non-limiting example comprises the cocoyl sodium lactate.
Other anion component comprises carboxylate, and its non-limiting example comprises the lauroyl carboxylic acid sodium, cocoyl carboxylic acid sodium, and lauroyl carboxylic acid ammonium.Anionic fluorosurfactants also is suitable for.
Other anion component comprises the natural soap that comes from plant and/or animal oil saponification resultant, and its example comprises sodium laurate, Sodium myristate, palmitate, stearate, Adeps Bovis seu Bubali hydrochlorate, cocos nucifera oil hydrochlorate.
Any counter cation M is applicable in the anion surfactant.Preferred counter cation is selected from sodium, potassium, ammonium, monoethanolamine, diethanolamine and triethanolamine.More preferably counter cation is an ammonium. The nonionic lathering surfactant
Be applicable to that the example of nonionic lathering surfactant of the cleaning component of goods of the present invention sees McCutcheon " detergent and emulsifying agent " (the North America version 1986, is published by allured publishing company); " functional materials " of McCutcheon (North America version, 1992) is all in conjunction with in the present invention as a reference.
The nonionic lathering surfactant that is applicable to this is selected from alkyl polyglucoside, APG, polyhydroxy fatty acid amide, alkoxy fatty acid ester, sucrose ester, amine oxide, and their mixture.
Alkyl polyglucoside and APG are applicable to this, can be defined as widely long-chain alcohol (for example C8-30 alcohol) and sugar or starch or with the condensation product of glycopolymers or starch polymer (as glucosides or polysaccharide glycosides).This compounds is suc as formula shown in (S) n-O-R, and R is glycosyl part such as glucose, fructose, mannose and galactose; N is the integer of about 1-1000, and R is the C8-30 alkyl.The example that derives the long-chain alcohol of alkyl comprises decanol, spermol, stearyl alcohol, lauryl alcohol, myristyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol etc.S is a glucose moiety in the preferred embodiment of this class surfactant, and R is the C8-20 alkyl, and n is the integer of about 1-9.The commercial examples of this class surfactant comprises: decyl polysaccharide glycosides (available from APG 325 CS of Henkel), and lauryl polysaccharide glycosides (available from APG 600CS and the 625CS of Henkel).The sucrose ester surfactant also is suitable for, as coconut oil sucrose ester and lauric acid sucrose ester.
Other ionic surfactant pack that is suitable for is drawn together polyhydroxy fatty acid amide surfactant, and instantiation comprises glucamide, and structural formula is as follows:
Figure A0081793800261
Wherein R1 is H, C1-C4 alkyl, 2-ethoxy, 2-hydroxypropyl, and preferably the C1-C4 alkyl is more preferably methyl or ethyl, most preferably is methyl; R2 is the C5-C31 alkyl or alkenyl, and preferably the C7-C19 alkyl or alkenyl is more preferably the C9-C17 alkyl or alkenyl, most preferably the C11-C15 alkyl or alkenyl; Z is the polyhydroxy alkyl part that contains the straight chain hydrocarbon chain, wherein contains 3 hydroxyls that directly link to each other with hydrocarbon chain on the hydrocarbon chain at least, or its alkoxy derivative (preferably ethoxylate or propoxylate).Z is glycosyl part preferably, is selected from glucose, fructose, maltose, lactose, galactose, mannose, xylose, and their mixture.Particularly preferred surfactant corresponding to above structural formula is cocos nucifera oil alkyl N-methylglycoside amide (promptly R2CO-part wherein is derived from fatty acid distribution of coconut oil).The preparation of compositions method that contains polyhydroxy fatty acid amide for example sees british patent specification 809060, and (February 18 nineteen fifty-nine is open, Thomas Heldy; Co., Ltd); United States Patent (USP) 2965576 (E.R.Wilson, the mandate on the 20th of nineteen sixty December); United States Patent (USP) 2703798 (A.M.Schwartz, authorize March 8 nineteen fifty-five); And United States Patent (USP) 1985424 (Piggott, December was authorized on the 25th in 1934); All in conjunction with in the present invention as a reference.
Other example of non-ionic surface active agent comprises amine oxide.The general formula of amine oxide is R1R2R3N → O, wherein R1 comprises alkyl, thiazolinyl or monohydroxy alkyl, wherein contain 8-18 carbon atom, about 0-10 ethylene oxide part and about 1 the glyceryl part of 0-approximately, R2 and R3 contain 1-3 carbon atom and about 1 hydroxyl of 0-, for example methyl, ethyl, propyl group, ethoxy or hydroxypropyl approximately.Arrow in the formula is the conventional representation of semi-polar bond.The example that is applicable to amine oxide of the present invention comprises dimethyl oxidation dodecyl amine, oil base two (2-ethoxy) amine oxide, dimethyl oxidation octylame, dimethyl oxidation decyl amine, dimethyl oxidation tetradecylamine, 3,6,9-trioxa heptadecyl diethyl amine oxide, two (2-ethoxy)-oxidation tetradecylamines, 2-dodecyloxy ethyl dimethyl amine oxide, 3-dodecyloxy-2-hydroxypropyl two (3-hydroxypropyl) amine oxide, dimethyl oxidation cetylamine.
The non-limiting example that is applicable to this preferred nonionic is selected from C8-C14 glucamide, C8-C14 APG, coconut oil sucrose ester, lauric acid sucrose ester, oxidation dodecyl amine, oxidation coco amine, and their mixture.
The cation lathering surfactant
The cation lathering surfactant also can be used in the cleansing of goods of the present invention.Suitable cation lathering surfactant is including, but not limited to aliphatic amine, two fatty quaternary amines, three fatty quaternary amines, imidazoline quaternary amine and combination thereof.Suitable aliphatic amine comprises an alkyl quaternary amine such as palmityl trimethylammonium bromide.Suitable quaternary amine is a dialkyl amide ethyl-hydroxyethyl methylsulfuric acid ammonium.But aliphatic amine is preferred.Preferably when the cation lathering surfactant is lathering surfactant main in the cleansing, use foam booster.In addition, found that non-ionic surface active agent and this cation lathering surfactant are used in combination useful especially. The both sexes lathering surfactant
Here the term of Cai Yonging " both sexes lathering surfactant " comprises that also zwitterionic surfactant, zwitterionic surfactant are the subclassification of amphoteric surfactant well known to those skilled in the art.
Cleaning component of the present invention can adopt multiple amphoteric surfactant.Particularly suitable be the aliphatic secondary amine and the tertiary amines derived thing of generalized definition, preferred N atom wherein is cation, wherein aliphatic group can be a straight or branched, and wherein one of group contains the water solublity ionogen, for example carboxylate radical, sulfonate radical, sulfate radical or phosphonate radical.
Be applicable to that the non-limiting example of the amphoteric surfactant of this component of the present invention sees McCutcheon " detergent and emulsifying agent " (the North America version 1986, is published by allured publishing company); " functional materials " of McCutcheon (North America version, 1992) is all in conjunction with in the present invention as a reference.
The non-limiting example of both sexes or zwitterionic surfactant is selected from betanin, sulfobetaines, hydroxyl sulfo betaine, alkyl imino-acetic acid salt, imino-diacetic alkyl salt, aminoalkyl salt, and their mixture.
The example of betanin comprises the senior alkyl betanin, as the coco dimethyl carboxymethyl betaine, the lauryl dimethyl carboxymethyl betaine, lauryl dimethyl α-carboxyethyl betanin, cetyl dimethyl carboxymethyl betaine, cetyl dimethyl betaine (available from the Lonzaine16SP of Lonza company), lauryl is two-(2-ethoxy) carboxymethyl betaine, oil base dimethyl γ-carboxylic CAB, lauryl is two-(2-hydroxypropyl) α-carboxyethyl betanin, the cocoyl dimethyl sulfopropyl betaine, lauryl dimethyl sulfoethyl betanin, lauryl is two-(2-ethoxy) azochlorosulfonate propyl lycine, amido betaines and acylamino-sulfobetaines (wherein RCONH (CH2) 3 groups link to each other with N atom on the betanin), oil-based betaine (available from the both sexes Velvetex OLB-50 of Henkel), and cocoamidopropyl (available from both sexes Velvetex BK-35 and the BA-35 of Henkel).
The example of sulfobetaines and hydroxyl sulfo betaine comprises as cocos nucifera oil acylamino-propyl hydroxy sulfonate (available from the Mirataine CBS of Rhone-Poulenc).
What preferably be applicable to this is the amphoteric surfactant shown in the following structural formula:
Wherein R1 is unsubstituted saturated or undersaturated, the straight or branched alkyl that contains 9-20 carbon atom approximately.Preferred R1 contains 11-18 carbon atom approximately; More preferably from about contain 12-18 carbon atom; More preferably from about contain the 14-18 carbon atom; M is 1 to about 3 integer, is more preferably 2-3, is more preferably 3; N is 0 or 1; Preferably 1; R2 and R3 are independently from each other not replacement or through mono-substituted 1 alkyl to about 3 carbon atoms that contains of hydroxyl, preferred R2 and R3 are CH3; X is selected from CO2, SO3 and SO4 group; R4 is selected from not and replaces or through mono-substituted 1 saturated or undersaturated, the straight or branched alkyl to about 5 carbon atoms that contain of hydroxyl.When X was CO2, R4 preferably contained 1 or 3 carbon atom, more preferably contained 1 carbon atom.When X was SO3 or SO4, R4 preferably contained 2-4 carbon atom approximately, more preferably 3 carbon atoms.
Examples of amphoteric surfactants comprises following chemical compound among the present invention:
Cetyl dimethyl betaine (the CTFA called after cetyl betaine of this composition)
Figure A0081793800282
Cocoamidopropyl
Figure A0081793800283
Wherein R contains 9-13 carbon atom cocos nucifera oil acylamino-propyl hydroxy sulfobetaines approximately
Wherein R contains 9-13 carbon atom approximately,
Other amphoteric surfactant that is suitable for has suc as formula RN[(CH2) mCO2M] 2 and RNH (CH2) mCO2M shown in alkyl imines acetate and imino-diacetic alkyl salt and aminoalkyl salt, wherein m is 1-4, R is the C8-C22 alkyl or alkenyl, and M is H, alkali metal, alkaline-earth metal, ammonium or alkanolamine.Also comprise imidazolinium compounds and ammonium derivative.The instantiation of the amphoteric surfactant that is suitable for comprises: 3-dodecyl-alanine sodium, 3-dodecyl amino propane sulfonic acid sodium, N-senior alkyl aspartic acid are prepared (combination in the present invention as a reference in full) as the method that proposes according to United States Patent (USP) 2438091; And it is described with trade name " Miranol " product sold (combination in the present invention as a reference in full) at United States Patent (USP) 2528378.Other examples of amphoteric surfactants that is suitable for comprises two acid phosphates, as cocos nucifera oil acylamino-propyl group PG-dimethyl chlorination ammonium phosphate (available from the Monaquat PTC of Mona company).The both sexes acetate also is suitable for, as lauroyl both sexes oxalic acid disodium, lauroyl both sexes sodium acetate, and their mixture.
Preferred lathering surfactant is selected from following group: wherein the anion lathering surfactant is selected from lauroyl sarcosine ammonium, three decyl ethers sodium sulfate, sodium N-lauroyl sarcosinate, Zetesol AP, sodium laureth sulfate, ammonium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate, cocoyl isethionic acid ammonium, cocoyl hydroxyethyl sulfonate, lauroyl hydroxyethyl sulfonate, cetyl sodium sulfate, the MAP of single lauryl sodium phosphate, ethoxylation, cocos nucifera oil glyceryl ether sulfonic acid sodium, C9-C22 soda soap and their mixture; Wherein the nonionic lathering surfactant is selected from oxidation dodecyl amine, oxidation coco amine, the poly-glucose of decyl, the poly-glucose of lauryl, coconut oil sucrose ester, C12-14 glucamide, lauric acid sucrose ester, and their mixture; Wherein the cation lathering surfactant is selected from fatty amine, two fatty quaternary amines, three fatty quaternary amines, imidazoline quaternary amine and their mixture; Wherein both sexes lathering surfactant is selected from lauroyl both sexes oxalic acid disodium, lauroyl both sexes sodium acetate, cetyl dimethyl betaine, cocoamidopropyl, cocos nucifera oil acylamino-propyl hydroxy sulfobetaines, and their mixture.
Conditioning ingredients
In certain embodiments of the invention, goods contain the beneficiating ingredient of promising conditioning ingredients basically.This conditioning ingredients is positioned at the position of approaching water-insoluble substrate and contains about 10% to about 1000%, more preferably about 10% of laminate web weight and arrives about conditioner of 500%, most preferably about 10% to about 250%.Preferably conditioning ingredients is positioned on one or more layers the surface of laminate web.Even more preferably, conditioning ingredients is positioned on one or more layers outer surface of the laminate web that obtains.Preferably, conditioning ingredients is selected from hydrophobicity conditioner, hydrophilic conditioning agent, structuring conditioner and combination thereof.
The hydrophobicity conditioner
Goods of the present invention can contain can offer skin or hair one or more hydrophobicity conditioners with the effect of conditioning in the use of goods.Goods of the present invention preferably contain about 0.5% to about 1,000%, more preferably about 1% of laminate web weight and arrive about hydrophobicity conditioner of 200%, most preferably about 10% to about 100%.
The hydrophobicity conditioner is selected from one or more hydrophobicity conditioners, and the weighted arithmetic mean of hydrophobicity conditioner solubility parameter is less than or equal to 10.5.Solubility parameter based on this mathematical definition can be recognized, for example when the hydrophobicity conditioner contains two or more chemical compound, wherein a kind of independent solubility parameter of chemical compound is greater than 10.5, can obtain the weighted arithmetic mean of the solubility parameter of required conditioner, promptly be less than or equal to 10.5.
Solubility parameter is that the common formulator in this area is known, and is used as in the process for preparation of being everlasting and is specified to the branch compatibility and deliquescent guidance.
The definition of the solubility parameter δ of chemical compound is the square root of this chemical compound cohesion energy density.The solubility parameter of vague generalization compound is to be calculated according to following equation by the list value of additive group to compound component heat of evaporation and molal volume contribution: δ = [ Σ i E i Σ i m i ] 1 / 2
Wherein: ∑ i Ei=additive group to heat of evaporation contribution and, and
∑ i mi=additive group to molal volume contribution and
Various atoms and atom group to the standard value table of the additive group of heat of evaporation and molal volume contribution referring to Barton, A.F.M. " solubility parameter handbook (CRC publishing house, the 6th chapter, table 3,64-66 page or leaf (1985)), the full content combination in the present invention as a reference.Above-mentioned solubility parameter equation sees Fedors, " method of estimation liquid solubility parameter and molal volume " " polymer technology and the science " of R.F., and volume 14, numbers 2,147-154 page or leaf (in February, 1974) is incorporated herein by reference.
Solubility parameter is followed the mixture rule, and therefore the solubility parameter of various constituents mixts is the weighted arithmetic mean (being weighted mean) of each components dissolved degree parameter of mixture.See that " chemistry and physics handbook the 57th edition (publication of CRC publishing house, C-726 page or leaf (1976-1977)) are in conjunction with in the present invention as a reference.
The chemistry formulator lists and when using solubility parameter, unit is (a card/cubic centimetre) 1/2In that " the listed additive group of solubility parameter handbook is a kj/mol to the unit of the list value of heat of evaporation contribution.But the relation of knowing below can adopting easily changes into card/mole with the list value of these evaporation calorific values:
1 Jiao/mole=0.239006 card/mole and 1000 Jiao=1 kilojoule
See Gordon, people such as A.J. " chemist's guide " (John Wiley ﹠amp; Sons, 456-463 page or leaf) (1972) are in conjunction with in the present invention as a reference.
Various chemical constituents have also been carried out the solubility parameter tabulation.The solubility parameter tabulation sees above-mentioned " solubility parameter handbook.Also can be referring to " the dissolubility effect in product, packing, infiltration and the preservation ", C.D.Vaughan, " cosmetics and toilet articles " (rolling up in October, 103,1988, the 47-69 page or leaf) is in conjunction with in the present invention as a reference.
The non-limiting example of hydrophobicity conditioner comprises mineral oil, vaseline, lecithin, hydrolecithin, lanoline, lanolin derivative, the C7-C40 branched-chain hydrocarbons, the C1-C30 alcohol ester of C1-C30 fatty acid, the C1-C30 alcohol ester of C2-C30 dicarboxylic acids, C1-C30 carboxylic acid monoglyceride, C1-C30 carboxylic acid two sweet esters, C1-C30 carboxylic acid triglyceride, C1-C30 carboxylic acid ethylene glycol ester, C1-C30 carboxylic acid ethylene glycol diester, C1-C30 carboxylic acid propylene glycol monoester, C1-C30 carboxylic acid propylene glycol diesters, C1-C30 carboxylic acid sugar monoesters and sugared polyester, polydialkysiloxane, poly-diaromatic siloxane, poly-alkaryl siloxanes, the cyclohexyl methyl polysiloxanes that contains 3-9 silicon atom, vegetable oil, hydrogenated vegetable oil, polypropylene glycol C4-C20 alkyl ether, two C8-C30 alkyl ethers, and their mixture.
Mineral oil is also referred to as liquid petrolatum, is the liquid hydrocarbon mixture that is obtained by oil.Referring to " Merck index " the 10th edition, 7048,1033 pages (nineteen eighty-three) and " 415-417 page or leaf (1997) is in conjunction with in the present invention as a reference for international cosmetic composition handbook the 5th edition, volume 1.
Vaseline is also referred to as mineral jelly, is the colloidal state system of non-straight chain solid hydrocarbons and high-melting-point liquid hydrocarbon, and wherein most liquid hydrocarbons are retained in micelle inside.Referring to " Merck index " the 10th edition, 7047,1033 pages (nineteen eighty-three); " medicine and the cosmetics industry " of Shindler, 89,36-37,76,78-80,82 (1961); " international cosmetic composition handbook the 5th edition is rolled up 1,537 page (1993), in conjunction with in the present invention as a reference.
Lecithin also is suitable for as the hydrophobicity conditioner.It is the mixture of naturally occurring some fatty acid diglyceride, is connected on the choline of phosphoric acid.
The straight or branched alkane that contains 7-40 carbon atom is applicable to the present invention.The non-limiting example of this class hydrocarbon materials comprises dodecane, Fancol ID, squalane, cholesterol, Parleam, docosane (promptly, the C22 hydrocarbon), hexadecane, 2-Methylpentadecane (commercially available hydrocarbon, available from Presperse (South Plainfield, Permethyl  101A NJ)).The C7-C40 isoparaffin also is suitable for, and it is the C7-C40 branched paraffin.Poly decene, a kind of liquid hydrocarbon of branching is applicable to that also this also can trade name Puresyn 100 With Puresyn 3000 Available from MobilChemical (Edison, NJ).
The C1-C30 alcohol ester of C1-C30 carboxylic acid and the C1-C30 alcohol ester of C2-C30 dicarboxylic acids also are suitable for, and comprise straight chain and side chain and aromatic derivative.C1-C30 carboxylic acid monoglyceride, C1-C30 carboxylic acid two sweet esters, C1-C30 carboxylic acid triglyceride, C1-C30 carboxylic acid ethylene glycol ester, C1-C30 carboxylic acid ethylene glycol diester, C1-C30 carboxylic acid propylene glycol monoester, C1-C30 carboxylic acid propylene glycol diesters also are suitable for.In straight chain, side chain and aryl carboxylic acid are also included within.The propoxylation of these compositions and ethoxylated derivative also are suitable for.Its non-limiting example comprises Dermol DIPS, diisopropyl adipate, isopropyl myristate, isopropyl palmitate, propanoic acid tetradecyl alchohol ester, glycol distearate, Palmic acid 2-Octyl Nitrite, Dermol 105, di-2-ethylhexyl maleate, cetin, myristic acid tetradecyl alchohol ester, geoceric acid stearyl alcohol ester, stearic acid spermaceti alcohol ester, behenic acid docosane alcohol ester, di-2-ethylhexyl maleate, di-n-octyl sebacate, diisopropyl adipate, sad spermaceti alcohol ester, the dilinoleic acid diisopropyl ester, the caprylic/capric triglyceride, PEG-6 caprylic/capric triglyceride, PEG-8 caprylic/capric triglyceride, and their mixture.
Various C1-C30 sugar monoesters also use with sugared polyester and relevant composition.This class ester is derived from sugar or polyol moiety and one or more carboxylic moiety.According to the acid that constitutes and sugared, this class ester at room temperature can be liquid or solid.The example of liquid ester comprises: four oleic acid glucose esters, soya fatty acid glucose four esters (unsaturated), mixed soya fatty acid mannose four esters, oleic acid galactose four esters, linoleic acid arabinose four esters, four linoleic acid xylose esters, five oleic acid gala sugar esters, four oleic acid sorbitol esters, unsaturated soya fatty acid sorbitol six esters, the five oleic acid esters of xylitol, four oleic acid sucrose ester, five oleic acid sucrose ester, six oleic acid sucrose ester, seven oleic acid sucrose ester, eight oleic acid sucrose ester, and their mixture.The example of solid ester comprises: sorbitol six esters, and wherein carboxylate moiety is that mol ratio is 1: 2 palm acid ester and an Arachidate; The Raffinose octaester, wherein carboxylate moiety is that mol ratio is 1: 3 linoleic acid and a behenic acid; Maltose seven esters, wherein esterification carboxylic moiety are that mol ratio is 3: 4 Oleum Helianthi fatty acid and a haze tallow acid esters; Sucrose octaester, wherein esterification carboxylic moiety are that mol ratio is 2: 6 oleate and a docosane acid esters; Sucrose octaester, wherein esterification carboxylic moiety are that mol ratio is 1: 3: 4 laurate, linoleate and a docosane acid esters.Preferred solid material is a sucrose polyfatty acid esters, and wherein esterification degree is 7-8, that wherein fatty acid part is C18 is single-/or two-unsaturated fatty acid ester and behenic acid, wherein the mol ratio of unsaturated fatty acid ester and behenic acid is 1: 7 to 3: 5.Particularly preferred sugar cube polyester is the sucrose octaester, contains 7 docosyl fatty acid parts and 1 oleic acid part in its molecule approximately.Other composition comprises Oleum Gossypii semen or soya fatty acid sucrose ester.This class esters composition also sees United States Patent (USP) 2831854, United States Patent (USP) 4005196 (Jandacek, on January 25th, 1977 authorized); United States Patent (USP) 4005195 (Jandacek, on January 25th, 1977 authorized), United States Patent (USP) 5306516 people such as (, on April 26th, 1994 authorized) Letton; United States Patent (USP) 5306515 (people such as Letton, on April 26th, 1994 authorized); United States Patent (USP) 5305514 (people such as Letton, on April 26th, 1994 authorized); United States Patent (USP) 4797300 (people such as Jandacek, on January 10th, 1989 authorized); United States Patent (USP) 3963699 (people such as Rizzi, on June 15th, 1976 authorized); United States Patent (USP) 4518772 (Volpenhein, on May 21st, 1985 authorized); United States Patent (USP) 4517360 (Volpenhein, on May 21st, 1985 authorized); All in conjunction with in the present invention as a reference.
Non-volatile polysiloxanes such as polydialkysiloxane, poly-diaromatic siloxane and poly-alkaryl siloxanes also are the oils compositions that is suitable for.These polysiloxanes see United States Patent (USP) 5069897 (Orr, on December 3rd, 1991), and combination in the present invention as a reference in full.The chemical general formula of poly-alkylsiloxane is R3SiO[R2SiO] xSiR3, wherein R is alkyl (preferred R is methyl or ethyl, is more preferably methyl), x is about 500 integer at the most, to reach required molecular weight.Commercially available poly-alkylsiloxane comprises polydimethylsiloxane, be also referred to as dimethicone, its non-limiting example comprises the Vicasil  that General Electric company sells, and Dow Corning  200 series of products of being sold by Dow Corning company.The instantiation that is applicable to this polydimethylsiloxane comprises that viscosity is that 10 centistokes, boiling point are higher than 200 ℃ DowCorning  225 fluids, and viscosity is respectively 50,350 and 12500 centistokes, boiling point is higher than 200 ℃ Dow Corning  200 fluids.The composition that is suitable for also comprises the trimethylsiloxy esters of silicon acis, and wherein component of polymer is corresponding to chemical general formula [(CH2) 3SiO1/2] x[SiO2] y, wherein x is the integer that is about 1-500, y is the integer that is about 1-500.Commercially available trimethylsiloxy esters of silicon acis is to sell with Dow Corning  593 fluids of the form of mixtures of polydimethylsiloxane.Be applicable to the dimethiconol that also comprises of the present invention, it is the polydimethylsiloxane of contain hydroxy end groups.The chemical general formula of this constituents is R3SiO[R2SiO] xSiR2OH and HOR2SiO[R2SiO] xSiR2OH, wherein R be alkyl (preferred R be methyl or and, be more preferably methyl), x is about 500 integer at the most, and it is selected to reach required molecular weight.Commercially available dimethiconol is generally to sell (for example, Dow Corning  1401,1402 and 1403 fluids) with the form of mixtures of polydimethylsiloxane or cyclohexyl methyl polysiloxanes.Be applicable to the poly-alkaryl siloxanes of also having of this, preferred 25 ℃ of following viscosity are about the PSI of 15-65 centistoke.This constituents is commercially available, as SF 1075 aminomethyl phenyl fluids (being sold by General Electric company) and 556 used for cosmetic level phenyl trimethyl polysiloxane fluids (being sold by Dow Corning company).Alkylation polysiloxanes such as methyl decyl polysiloxanes and Methyl Octyl polysiloxanes are applicable to herein and commercial can having bought from General Electric Co. Limited.Be equally applicable to herein alkyl-modified siloxanes such as alkyl first polysiloxanes and alkyl-dimethyl polysiloxanes arranged, wherein alkyl chain contains 10 to 50 carbon atoms.This siloxanes is commercial can be ABILWAX9810 (C from trade name 24-C 28Alkyl first polysiloxanes) product of (by the Goldschmidt sale) and SF1632 (cetearyl first polysiloxanes) (being sold by General Electric Co. Limited) has been bought.
Vegetable oil and hydrogenated vegetable oil also are applicable to this.The example of vegetable oil and hydrogenated vegetable oil comprises safflower oil, Oleum Ricini, Oleum Cocois, Oleum Gossypii semen, pilchardine, palm-kernel oil, Petiolus Trachycarpi oil, Oleum Arachidis hypogaeae semen, soybean oil, Oleum Brassicae campestris, Semen Lini oil, Testa oryzae oil, Oleum Pini, Oleum sesami, Oleum Helianthi, hydrogenation safflower oil, castor oil hydrogenated, hydrogenated coconut oil, cotmar, hydrogenation pilchardine, hydrogenated palm kernel oil, hydrogenated palm oil, hydrogenated groundnut, oil with hydrogenated soybean, hydrogenated rapeseed oil, hydrogenation Semen Lini oil, hydrogenation Testa oryzae oil, hydrogenation Oleum sesami, hydrogenation Oleum Helianthi, and their mixture.
Polypropylene glycol C4-C20 alkyl ether, polypropylene glycol C1-C20 carboxylate, and two-C8-C30 alkyl ether also is suitable for.The non-limiting example of this constituents comprises the PPG-14 butyl ether, PPG-15 stearyl ether, dicaprylyl ether, dodecyl Octyl Ether, and their mixture.
The hydrophobicity chelating agen also can be used as the hydrophobicity conditioner herein.United States Patent (USP) the 4th people such as mandate on June 7 nineteen eighty-three Scanlon, 387, No. 244 and on February 26th, 1999 have been introduced suitable reagent with in the common pending trial U.S. Patent Application Serial Number the 09/258th, 747 of people's such as Schwartz name application and 09/259, No. 485.
Preferred hydrophobicity conditioner comprises mineral oil, vaseline, lecithin, hydrolecithin, lanoline, lanolin derivative, the C7-C40 branched-chain hydrocarbons, the C1-C30 alcohol ester of C1-C30 fatty acid, the C1-C30 alcohol ester of C2-C30 dicarboxylic acids, C1-C30 carboxylic acid monoglyceride, C1-C30 carboxylic acid two sweet esters, C1-C30 carboxylic acid triglyceride, C1-C30 carboxylic acid ethylene glycol ester, C1-C30 carboxylic acid ethylene glycol diester, C1-C30 carboxylic acid propylene glycol monoester, C1-C30 carboxylic acid propylene glycol diesters, C1-C30 carboxylic acid sugar monoesters and sugared polyester, polydialkysiloxane, poly-diaromatic siloxane, poly-alkaryl siloxanes, the cyclohexyl methyl polysiloxanes that contains 3-9 silicon atom, vegetable oil, hydrogenated vegetable oil, polypropylene glycol C4-C20 alkyl ether, two C8-C30 alkyl ethers, and their mixture.
Hydrophilic conditioning agent
Goods of the present invention also can comprise the beneficiating ingredient that contains one or more hydrophilic conditioning agents.The non-limiting example of hydrophilic conditioning agent comprises polyhydroxy-alcohol, polypropylene glycol, Polyethylene Glycol, carbamide, 2-pyrrolidone-5-carboxylic acid, ethoxylation and/or propoxylation C3-C6 two pure and mild triols, Alpha-hydroxy C2-C6 carboxylic acid, ethoxylation and/or propoxylation sugar, acrylic copolymer, the highest sugar of 12 carbon atoms, the highest sugar alcohol that contains 12 carbon atoms approximately of containing approximately, and their mixture.The instantiation of suitable hydrophilic conditioner comprises following composition such as urea; Guanidine; Glycolic and glycollate (for example ammonium salt or quaternized alkylammonium salt); Lactic acid and lactate (for example ammonium salt or quaternized alkylammonium salt); Sucrose, fructose, glucose, eruthrose, erythritol, sorbitol, xylitol, glycerol, hexanetriol, propylene glycol, butanediol, hexanediol etc.Polyethylene Glycol such as PEG-2, PEG-3, PEG-30, PEG-50, polypropylene glycol such as PPG-9, PPG-12, PPG-15, PPG-17, PPG-20, PPG-26, PPG-30, PPG-34; The alkoxylate glucose; Hyaluronic acid; Cation skin condition polymer (as the quaternary ammonium polymer, for example polyquaternary ammonium salt polymer); And their mixture.The preferred hydrophilic conditioning agent of glycerol goods especially of the present invention.The composition that is suitable for also comprises various forms of Aloes (for example Aloe gel), chitosan and derivant thereof, as lactic acid chitosan, lactamide monoethanolamine; The acetamide monoethanolamine; And their mixture.What be suitable for also has propoxylated glycerol, sees United States Patent (USP) 4976953 (people such as Orr, nineteen ninety December 11 days), in conjunction with in the present invention as a reference.
Beneficiating ingredient can be made various forms.In one embodiment of the invention, beneficiating ingredient is the form of emulsion.For example, oil-in-water, Water-In-Oil, W/O/W and polysiloxanes bag O/w emulsion are applicable to herein.Used " water " can refer to be not only water in the emulsion scope, also comprises water solublity or water-compatible reagent such as glycerol.
Preferred beneficiating ingredient comprises emulsion, wherein contains water and oil phase in addition.Those of skill in the art are readily appreciated that, decide on the water solublity/water dispersible of the beneficial agent of the treatment in the composition, and specific one-tenth branch mainly distributes and enters water or oil phase.In one embodiment, oil phase contains one or more hydrophobicity conditioners.In another embodiment, water contains one or more hydrophilic conditioning agents.
The beneficiating ingredient of emulsion form of the present invention generally contains water and oil or fat mutually.Suitable oil or fat can come from animal, plant or oil, can be natural or synthetic (promptly synthetical).Suitable oil and water-phase component above has been discussed.The preferred emulsions form comprises water-in-oil emulsion, polysiloxanes bag aqueous emulsion and other reversed-phase emulsion.In addition, preferred emulsions also contains hydrophilic conditioning agent such as glycerol, can form oil bag glycerol emulsion like this.
The beneficiating ingredient of emulsion form of the present invention, especially conditioning ingredients preferably contain in addition based on beneficiating ingredient weight about 1% to about 10%, about 2% to about 5% emulsifying agent (being surfactant) more preferably.Lubricant can be nonionic, anion or cationic.Authorize hereinbefore and on August 28th, 1973 people's such as Dickert No. the 3rd, 755,560, United States Patent (USP), nineteen eighty-three December authorized in 20th people such as Dixon No. the 4th, 421,769, United States Patent (USP) and McCutcheon Detergent and emulsifying agent, the North America version, the 317-324 page or leaf has been introduced examples of suitable emulsifiers in (1986).The beneficiating ingredient of emulsion form also can contain defoamer, reduces to minimum will be coated in the foam that produces on the skin.Defoamer comprises that high molecular polysiloxanes and this area are used for well-known other material of this purposes.
Beneficiating ingredient also can be the form of microemulsion." microemulsion " used herein is meant the thermodynamically stable mixture by two kinds of stable immiscible solvents of amphiphillic surfactant (a kind of nonpolar, another kind of polarity).Preferred microemulsion comprises water-in-oil microemulsion.
The structuring conditioner
For the beneficiating ingredient of conditioning ingredients also can contain the structuring conditioner.Suitable structuring conditioner is including, but not limited to loose structure such as ceramide, liposome or the like.
In another embodiment, the conditioner of beneficiating ingredient is contained in in the agglomerate compositions.Preferably become the agglomerate compositions to contain the carrier of acceptable polymer and surfactant on cationic polymer, anion surfactant and the skin.Cationic polymer can be selected from natural skeleton quaternary ammonium polymer, synthetic skeleton quaternary ammonium polymer, natural skeleton amphiphilic polymers, synthetic skeleton amphiphilic polymers and combination thereof.
More preferably, cationic polymer is selected from the natural skeleton quaternary ammonium polymer of polyquaternary ammonium salt-4, polyquaternary ammonium salt-10, polyquaternary ammonium salt-24, PG-hydroxyethyl-cellulose alkyl-dimethyl ammonium chloride (PG-hydroxyethylcellulose alkyldimonium chloride), melon that hydroxypropyl-trimethyl ammonium chloride, hydroxypropyl guar hydroxypropyl-trimethyl ammonium chloride and combination thereof; Be selected from the synthetic skeleton quaternary ammonium polymer of polyquaternary ammonium salt-2, polyquaternary ammonium salt-6, polyquaternary ammonium salt-7, polyquaternary ammonium salt-11, polyquaternary ammonium salt-16, polyquaternary ammonium salt-17, polyquaternary ammonium salt-18, polyquaternary ammonium salt-28, polyquaternium-32, polyquaternary ammonium salt-37, polyquaternary ammonium salt-43, polyquaternary ammonium salt-44, polyquaternary ammonium salt-46, polymethyl acylamino-oxypropyl trimethyl ammonium chloride, acrylamide propyl trimethyl ammonium chloride/acrylamide copolymer and combination thereof; Be selected from the natural skeleton amphiphilic polymers of chitosan, quaternized albumen, hydrolyzed protein and combination thereof; Be selected from polyquaternary ammonium salt-22, polyquaternary ammonium salt-39, polyquaternary ammonium salt-47, adipic acid/dimethylamino hydroxypropyl diethylenetriamines copolymer, polyvinyl pyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, caprolactam/polyvinyl pyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate copolymer, caprolactam/polyvinyl pyrrolidone/dimethyl aminopropyl Methacrylamide trimer, polyvinyl pyrrolidone/dimethyl aminopropyl methacrylamide copolymer, the synthetic skeleton amphiphilic polymers of polyamine and combination thereof; And combination.Even more preferably, cationic polymer is synthetic skeleton amphiphilic polymers.Even more preferably, cationic polymer is a polyamine.
When cationic polymer was polyamine, preferably the cationic polyamine polymer was selected from polyethylene imine based, polyvinylamine, polytrimethylene imines, polylysin and combination thereof.Even more preferably, the cationic polyamine polymer is polyethylene imine based.
At cationic polymer is that polyamine can be hydrophobic or hydrophilic modifying in some embodiment of polyamine.In this case, the cationic polyamine polymer is selected from henzylate polyamine, ethyoxyl polyamine, propoxyl group polyamine, alkyl polyamine, amidatioon polyamine, esterification polyamine and combination thereof.Become the agglomerate compositions to contain into about 0.01% to about 20%, more preferably about 0.05% of agglomerate composition weight and arrive about cationic polymer of 10%, most preferably about 0.1% to about 5%.
The anion surfactant that is applicable to into the agglomerate compositions comprises the surfactant of above-mentioned relating to " cleansing ".Preferably, for becoming the agglomerate compositions, anion surfactant is selected from sarcosinate, glutamate, Glu, alkyl sodium sulfate, alkylsurfuric acid ammonium, sodium alkylether sulphate, alkyl ether ammonium sulfate, the positive ammonium sulfate of Laurel ether, the positive sodium sulfate of Laurel ether, isethionate, glycerol ether sulfonate, sulfosuccinate and combination thereof.More preferably, anion surfactant is selected from sodium lauroyl sarcosine, lauroyl monosodium glutamate, alkyl sodium sulfate, alkylsurfuric acid ammonium, sodium alkylether sulphate, alkyl ether ammonium sulfate and combination thereof.
In JIUYUE in 1999 patent application serial numbers the 09/397th with people's such as Schwartz name application on the 16th, No. 747, with the patent application serial numbers the 09/397th of people's such as Heinrich name application, No. 746, with the patent application serial numbers the 09/397th of people's such as Schwartz name application, No. 712, with the patent application serial numbers the 09/397th of people's such as Heinrich name application, further introduced suitable one-tenth coacervate compositions in No. 723, common pending trial U.S. Patent application with No. the 09/397th, 722, the patent application serial numbers of people's such as Venkitaraman name application.
Perhaps, become coacervate compositions can contain the carrier of acceptable polymer and surfactant on anionic polymer, cationic surfactant and the skin.Anionic polymer can be selected from the copolymer of acrylic acid polymer, polyacrylamide polymers, acrylic acid and acrylamide and other natural or synthetic polymer (as polystyrene, polybutene, polyurethane or the like), natural colloid and combination thereof.Suitable colloid comprises alginate (as the propylene glycol alginate), pectin, chitosan (as the chitosan lactate) and modification colloid (as octenyl succinic acid starch) and combination thereof.More preferably, anionic polymer is selected from acrylic acid polymer, polyacrylamide polymers, pectin, chitosan and combination thereof.Goods preferably of the present invention contain 0.01 to about 20%, more preferably about 0.05 to about 10%, most preferably about 0.1% anionic polymer to about 5% one-tenth coacervate compositions weight of having an appointment.Suitable cationic surfactant is including, but not limited to surfactant described herein. Cosmetic composition
In personal care field, be suitable for by deposition on this surface be not only conditioner also have all ingredients with the beneficiating ingredient of the goods that offer skin or hair treatment or character attractive in appearance including, but not limited to deodorant/anti-perspirant, anti-acne agents, anti-wrinkle agent, antibacterial, antifungal, antiinflammatory, local anesthetic, artificial suntan with shortly shine agent, antiviral agent, enzyme, opacifier, antioxidant, decorticating agent and combination thereof." nonessential composition " part hereinafter is described in further detail these other additives.
Be applicable to that the other cosmetic composition in the goods of the present invention has foundation cream, rouge, screening flaw compositions and other typical cosmetic color-tinted product.In fact these compositions cause being applicable to the goods of the present invention of cosmetic use.
Should understand beneficiating ingredient simultaneously can contain cleansing, conditioning ingredients, cosmetic composition, cleaning ingredients, polishing composition or the like whole beneficiating ingredient of formation and have the combination that can not distinguish composition and multiple function. Cleansing
For the household care purposes, as if the beneficiating ingredient of goods is applicable to provides the household scope the cleaning action of crusts such as sales counter table top, wall, basin, bathtub, floor, window.These beneficiating ingredients are called cleansing hereinafter.Preferably these cleansings are liquid, because they can be applied in lip-deep Polluted area in clean and tidy, spissated mode at an easy rate.But, needing only water-soluble or other liquid of they energy when using, the solid cleaning composition can be accepted equally.What preferably, cleansing of the present invention contained safe and effective amount gives treatment surface with hydrophilic relative hydrophilic polymer.This hydrophilic increase by with water from the surface and/or launch water from the teeth outwards and form " thin film ", provide the final outward appearance of improvement, and preferably when heavily moistening even of surface when seeing this effect during subsequent drying after the heavy moistening.
,, should " thin film " effect especially obvious for expection because the surface that great majority are handled is a vertical surface as the goods of the present invention of daily shower product.Like this, can see this effect at the surface such as the enamel of glass, pottery even harder more heatproof.When water launched from the teeth outwards and/or from the teeth outwards equably " film forming ", it can make the formation of dry " the hard water stain " that forms minimize.The goods of the present invention that are used for the scope of floor cleaner for expection, polymer can improve surface wettability and help clean-up performance.
Because of it can prolong film forming and cleaning effect, the affinity of polymer is useful.Another important feature of preferred polymers is not have dried residue.The compositions that contains preferred polymers is more evenly dry on the floor, has improved final result simultaneously, has little or no and hazes.
Many materials can provide film forming and anti-soil effect, but preferred material is the polymer that contains the amine oxide hydrophilic radical.Also can use the polymer that contains other hydrophilic radical such as sulfonate, ketopyrrolidine and/or carboxylate groups.The example of ideal polysulfonate polymer comprises polyvinylsulfonic acid salt, poly styrene sulfonate more preferably, the product of selling as Monomer-Polymer Dajac (Pennsylvania 19053 for 1675Bustleton Pike, Feasterville).Typical general formula is as follows:
-[CH (C 6H 4SO 3Na)-CH 2] n-CH (C 6H 5)-CH 2-wherein n be for providing the numerical value of suitable molecular weight as described below.
General molecular weight is about 10,000 to about 1,000,000, is preferably about 200,000 to about 700,000.The polymer that preferably contains ketopyrrolidine functional group comprises polyvinyl pyrrolidone, quaternized pyrrolidinone derivatives (as Gafquat 755N) from International Specialty Products, the copolymer that contains ketopyrrolidine is as polyvinyl pyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (from ISP) and polyvinyl pyrrolidone/acrylate (from BASF).The cationic materials that also can provide affinity and hydrophilic other material to comprise also to contain hydrophilic radical and contain the polymer of polyether key.Cationic materials comprises cationic saccharide and/or starch derivatives, based on the representative that is polyether material of the typical block copolymer cleansing surfactants of the mixture of poly(propylene oxide) and oxirane.But the polyether material affinity is relatively poor.
Preferred polymer contains the water-soluble amine oxides structure division.The part positive charge that it has been generally acknowledged that the amine oxide group can be used on the surface of polymer attached to surface matrix, thereby makes water more easily " film forming ".The amine oxide structure division also can link to each other with hydrogen bond with crust matrix such as ceramic tile, glass, glass fibre, enamel, malthoid, no wax ceramic tile and other crust that can run into usually in man of consumer.The material of higher molecular weight is preferred on the degree of polymer-bonded promotion better " film forming ".The molecular weight that increases can improve the effectiveness and the effect of amine oxide based polyalcohol.Preferred polymer of the present invention has the one or more monomeric units that contain at least one N-oxygen groups.At least about 10%, be preferably more than about 50%, more preferably this monomeric unit greater than this polymer of formation of about 90% contains the amine oxide group.These polymer can be represented by following general formula:
P (B) wherein each P all be selected from be connected to form polymer backbone, preferably vinyl structure part as C (R) 2-C (R) but but 2 homopolymerization and structure division copolymerization, wherein each R is H, C 1-C 12(C preferably 1-C 4) alkyl (alkylidene), C 6-C 12Aryl (arlydene) and/or B; B replaces and not replacement, straight chain and ring-type C for being selected from 1-C 12Alkyl, C 1-C 12Alkylidene, C 1-C 12Heterocycle, C 6-C 12The structure division of aromatic group, wherein at least one this B structure division has at least one amine oxide (group of N → O); U is for providing the numerical value that contains at most about 90% amine oxide group at least about 10% monomer; T is that to make the mean molecule quantity of polymer be about 2,000 to about 500,000, preferably about 5,000 to about numerical value of 250,000, most preferably about 7,500 to about 200,000.
The preferred polymer that is applicable to cleansing has and can not stay visible residue and make the character of surface matrix to the unappealing unexpected affinity of consumer.Preferred polymer comprises poly-(4-vinylpridine N-oxide) polymer (PVNO), as the polymer that forms by the monomer polymerization that contains following structure division:
Figure A0081793800411
Wherein the mean molecule quantity of polymer is about 2,000 to about 500,000, preferably about 5,000 to about 400,000, more preferably about 7,500 to about 300,000.In general, the polymer of higher molecular weight is preferred.Usually, higher molecular weight polymer can allow to use the wettability polymer of lower content, and this point can provide benefit to the floor clean applications.Molecular weight ranges that is applicable to polymer of the present invention that needs and preferred molecular weight are 400,000 to 1,500, and the polycarboxylate that this area of 000 scope relates to, poly styrene sulfonate and polyether-based additive are compared, and differ widely.The lower molecular weight of preferred polyoxygenated amine polymer of the present invention is because the bigger difficulty of these polymer of production higher molecular weight causes.
The content of amine oxide polymers be generally final use composition/solution weight less than about 0.5%, be preferably about 0.005% to about 0.4%, more preferably be about 0.01% to about 0.3%.
Can be used as the homopolymer of water-soluble polymer of the present invention and some non-limitative examples of copolymer has: adipic acid/dimethylamino hydroxypropyl diethylenetriamines copolymer; Adipic acid/glycidyl diethylenetriamines copolymer; Polyvinyl alcohol; Methacryl ethyl betanin/methacrylate copolymer; Ethyl acrylate/methyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid/acrylic copolymer; Polyamino resin; Poly-quaternary amine resin; Poly-(vinyl formamide); Poly-(vinyl amine) hydrochloride; Poly-(vinyl alcohol-6% vinyl amine) copolymer; Poly-(vinyl alcohol-12% vinylamine) copolymer; Poly-(vinyl alcohol-6% vinylamine hydrochloride) copolymer and poly-(vinyl alcohol-12% vinylamine hydrochloride) copolymer.Preferably, this copolymer and/or homopolymer are selected from adipic acid/dimethylamino hydroxypropyl diethylenetriamines copolymer; Poly-(vinyl pyrrolidone/dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate); Polyvinyl alcohol; Ethyl acrylate/methyl methacrylate/methacrylic acid/acrylic copolymer; Methacryl ethyl betanin/methacrylate copolymer; Poly-quaternary amine resin; Poly-(vinyl formamide); Poly-(vinylamine) hydrochloride; Poly-(vinyl alcohol-6% vinylamine) copolymer; Poly-(vinyl alcohol-12% vinylamine) copolymer; Poly-(vinyl alcohol-6% vinylamine hydrochloride) copolymer and poly-(vinyl alcohol-12% vinylamine hydrochloride) copolymer.
Be applicable to that the polymer of cleansing of the present invention can be selected from the copolymer of hydrophilic monomer.Polymer can be random or block copolymer of line style and composition thereof.Term used herein " hydrophilic " is consistent with the standard implication to the affinity of water.Used herein relate to the term that monomeric unit and polymer comprise copolymer material, " hydrophilic " is meant and is substantially water solublity.In this, " water solublity substantially " should refer under 25 ℃, with concentration of ordinary dissolution be about 0.2% weight, preferably about 1% weight is dissolved in distilled water (or equivalent).For this purpose, term " solvable ", " dissolubility " or the like to form the Cmax of homogeneous solution, those skilled in the art will readily appreciate that this point corresponding to applicable monomer or polymer water soluble or other solvent.
The monomeric non-limitative example of suitable hydrophilic has unsaturated organic one and polycarboxylic acid, as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid .beta.-methylacrylic acid, maleic acid and its half ester, itaconic acid; Unsaturated alcohol is as vinyl alcohol, 1-propenol-3; The polar vinyl heterocyclic compound is as caprolactam, vinylpyridine, vinyl imidazole; Vinylamine; Vinylsulfonate; Unsaturated amides is as acrylamide, as N,N-DMAA, N tert butyl acrylamide; Methacrylic acid hydroxyl ethyl ester; The dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate; Salt of above-mentioned acid and amine or the like and composition thereof.Some preferred hydrophilic monomers are its acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, N,N-DMAA, N, N-dimethylmethacryl amide, N tert butyl acrylamide, dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate and composition thereof.
The polycarboxylic acid ester polymer is by wherein at least some contain the polymer of the monomer polymerization formation of carboxylic acid functional.Common monomer comprises acrylic acid, maleic acid, ethylene, vinyl pyrrolidone, methacrylic acid, methacryl ethyl betanin or the like.Preferred polymer for affinity is the polymer with higher molecular weight.For example, molecular weight is less than about 10,000 polyacrylic acid is not special affinity, thereby in all compositionss, generally can not provide the hydrophilic of three rewetting, although with high level and/or some surfactant such as amphoteric and/or amphoteric detergent surfactant, molecular weight is low to moderate about 1000 also can provide some effects.In general, the molecular weight of polymer should greater than about 10,000, be preferably more than about 20,000, more preferably greater than about 300,000 even more preferably greater than about 400,000.Find that simultaneously the polymer of higher molecular weight such as molecular weight extremely are difficult to preparation greater than about polymer of 3,000,000, and with the polymer phase of lower molecular weight than providing aspect the anti-soil effect effectiveness relatively poor.Therefore, especially generally should be about 20,000 to about 3,000,000 for the molecular weight of polyacrylate; Preferably about 20,000 to about 2,500,000; More preferably about 300,000 to about 2,000,000; Even more preferably about 400,000 to about 1,500,000.
Some polycarboxylic acid ester polymers' advantage is the effectiveness of the washing builder of these polymer.Although other washing builder of these polymerization image is the same, can damage film forming/striped, they can provide enhanced cleaning effect containing on typical common " being difficult to removal " dirt of particulate matter.
Some polymer especially polycarboxylic acid ester polymer are understood the compositions of multiviscosisty aqueous liquid.This is unfavorable.But when compositions being placed when having the container that sprays launcher, it is not very thick to obtain extra starting pressure needing compositions.Usually, the viscosity under the shearing should be less than about 200cp, preferably less than about 100cp, more preferably less than about 50cp.But, need heavy-gravity compositions, with composite inhibiting flowing along surface, especially vertical surface.
The non-limitative example that is used for polymer of the present invention comprises: ISP is with trade name " Acrylidone " Poly-(vinyl pyrrolidone/acrylic acid) and the Rohm ﹠amp that sell; Haas is with trade name " Accumer " Poly-(acrylic acid) sold.Other suitable material comprises that NationalStarch and Chemical Company is with trade name Versaflex The sulfonated polystyrene polymer of selling, especially Versaflex 7000.
The content of polymeric material is generally less than about 0.5%, is preferably about 0.01% to about 0.4%, more preferably is about 0.01% to about 0.3%.In general, the material of lower molecular weight such as lower molecular weight such as molecular weight be less than about 10,000, especially about 2,000 poly-(acrylic acid), particularly lower content 0.02% time according to appointment, heavily can not provide good anti-soil effect during moistening.Under lower content, should only use more effective material.For using the material of lower molecular weight, should improve affinity, as by the group such as the cation group that can provide the enhanced adhesive force in surface is provided, or use high level as greater than about 0.05% material.
Preferred polymer is selected from poly styrene sulfonate in the cleansing; Polyvinyl pyrrolidone; The polyvinyl pyrrolidone acrylic copolymer; The sodium salt of polyvinyl pyrrolidone acrylic copolymer; The potassium salt of polyvinyl pyrrolidone acrylic copolymer; Polyvinyl pyrrolidone-vinyl imidazole quinoline; Polyvinylpyridine; Polyvinylpyridine n-oxide and combination thereof.Preferred polymer is a polyvinylpyridine n-oxide.
Another embodiment of cleansing contains the detergent surfactant of effective dose, rather than above-mentioned polymer.Suitable detergent surfactant comprises the above-mentioned lathering surfactant that is applicable in the cleansing.
Be applicable to that herein preferred surfactants is the United States Patent (USP) the 5th of authorizing people such as Giret on July 7th, 1998,776, the 5th of people such as mandate on March 16th, No. 872 1 Furman, 883, authorized on March 16th, No. 059 1 the 5th, 883, No. 062 of people such as Addison and people such as mandate on May 25th, 1999 Ouzounis the 5th, disclosed alkyl polysaccharide in 906, No. 973.
Authorized the United States Patent (USP) the 4th of Llenado on January 21st, 1986,565, disclose the suitable alkyl polysaccharide that is applicable to herein in No. 647, had and contain about 6 to about 30 carbon atoms, preferably contain about 10 and arrive the hydrophobic group of about 16 carbon atoms and the hydrophilic radical of polysaccharide such as polysaccharide glycosides.To being applicable to the acid or alkaline Cleasing compositions/solution of no rinse method, preferred alkyl polysaccharide preferably has the chain length of wide distribution, because the best of breed of moistening, cleaning and dry back low-residual thing can be provided like this.The mixture that this " wide distribution " is defined as at least about 50% chain length contains 10 carbon atoms of having an appointment to about 16 carbon atoms.Preferably, the alkyl of alkyl polysaccharide by have in the per molecule preferably about 6 to about 18 carbon atoms, more preferably about 8 to about 16 carbon atoms and contain have an appointment 1 to the hydrophilic radical of about 1.5 sugar, preferably the mixture of the chain length of glucosides group is formed.This " wide chain length distribution " is defined as mixture at least about 50% chain length and contains and have an appointment 10 to about 16 carbon atoms.With respect to than the mixture of close limit chain length, particularly with respect to lower (be C 8-C 10Or C 8-C 12) the APG mixture of chain length, wide mixture of chain lengths, particularly C 8-C 16For very ideal.Also find with respect to lower and narrower chain length APG and other preferred surfactants, comprise C 8-C 14Alkyl ethoxylate, preferred C 8-16APG can provide the spice dissolubility of obvious improvement.Can use any reducing sugar that contains 5 or 6 carbon atoms, replace glucityl structure division (not necessarily hydrophobic group is connected on 2-, 3-, the 4-equipotential, relative with glucosides or galactoside like this glucose or the galactose of obtaining) as glucose, galactose and galactosyl structure division.Between sugar key can as position and 2-, 3-, 4-and/or 6-position at other sugar unit at aforementioned sugar unit between.Glucityl preferably comes from glucose.
Not necessarily, and desirability posteriorly, can have the polyalkylene oxide base chain that connects hydrophobic structure part and polysaccharide structures part.Preferred epoxy alkyl is an oxirane.Typical hydrophobic group comprises and contains 8 to 18, preferably saturated or unsaturated, the side chain or the unbranched alkyl of 10 to 16 carbon atoms.Preferably, alkyl is the straight chain saturated alkyl.Alkyl can contain maximum about 3 hydroxyls and/or polyalkylene oxide base chain can contain about 10 at most, preferably less than 5 epoxy alkyl structure division.Suitable alkyl polysaccharide is two, three, four, five and six glucosides and/or galactose of octyl group, nonyl decyl, undecyl dodecyl, tridecyl, myristyl, pentadecyl, cetyl, heptadecyl and octadecyl.Suitable mixture comprises cocos nucifera oil alkyl two, three, four and pentasaccharides glycosides and tallow alkyl four, five and six glucosides.
For preparing these chemical compounds, at first generate alcohol or alkyl polyethoxy alcohol, react to generate glucosides (being connected in the 1-position) with glucose or source of glucose then.Other glucityl unit can be connected between its 1-position and the unitary 2-of aforementioned glucityl, 3-, 4-and/or the 6-position then, preferably mainly be connected in the 2-position.
In the APG, the alkyl structure part can derive from the alcohol of common source such as fat, oil or chemosynthesis, and its sugared structure division generates by Polysaccharides.APG is the condensation product that aliphatic alcohol and the quantity by glucose unit have determined relative hydrophilic sugar such as glucose.As mentioned above, sugar unit can with aliphatic alcohol reaction before or react after alkoxyization additionally.As in WO 86/05199, describing this APG in detail.The industry APG generally is not the uniform product of molecule, but the mixture of alkyl and the mixture of monosaccharide with different low polysaccharide.Because they can provide other improvement aspect the appearance with respect to other surfactant, APG (being also referred to as " APG ' s " sometimes) preferably is applicable to purpose of the present invention.The glucosides structure division is preferably the glucose structure division.Alkyl substituent is preferably to contain has an appointment 8 to about 18 carbon atoms, the preferably about 8 saturated or undersaturated alkyl structure parts to about 10 carbon atoms, or the mixture of these alkyl structure parts.C 8-C 16APG can buy from the market that (Tathagata is from being positioned at Paris, FRA Cedex 7,75 Quai d ' Orsay, the Simusol of 75321 Seppic company Surfactant and from the Glucopon of Henkel 425).But, found that the purity of APG also can influence performance, particularly comprise the final result of daily shower product technology for some application.In the present invention, preferred APG for abundant purification to be used for personal cleanliness's APG.Most preferred is " cosmetics-stage " APG, particularly C 8To C 16APG, as come from the Plantaren 2000 of Henkel company (German Dusseldorf, Postfach 101100, D 40191) , Plantaren 2000 N With Plantaren 2000 N UP Therefore, when these goods were used for personal care applications, this surfactant also can be preferably used in the cleansing.
In the range of application of floor, sales counter, wall or the like, another kind of preferred nonionic is an alkyl ethoxylate.Alkyl ethoxylate of the present invention is a straight or branched, and contains 8 carbon atoms of having an appointment to about 14 carbon atoms and about 4 ethylene oxide units to about 25 ethylene oxide units.The example of alkyl ethoxylate comprises the Neodol of Shell Co. Ltd's (Texas, the shell mansion 1 of Houston, mailbox 24631) supply 91-6, Neodol 91-8, and the Alfonic of Vista company (Texas, 900 Threadneedle of Houston, mailbox 19029) supply 810-60.Preferred surfactant is to have about 9 to about 12 carbon atoms and about 4 alkyl ethoxylates to about 8 ethylene oxide units.These surfactants can provide good cleaning action and work synergistically with essential hydrophilic polymer.Most preferred alkyl ethoxylate is C 11EO 5, can be from shell chemical company with trade name Neodol 1-5 has bought.Find that this surfactant can provide moistening and the clean-up performance that needs, and can be easily in the matrix that comprises moistening polymer of the present invention with preferred C 8-16APG is used in combination.Though do not wish to be limited by theory, it has been generally acknowledged that C 8-16APG contain in addition preferred alkyl ethoxylate, especially when preferred alkyl ethoxylate with the compositions that reaches good cleaning in, good final effect (i.e. minimizing muddiness) can be provided.Also find preferred C 8-16APG can be improved the dissolubility of the spice of the compositions that contains alkyl ethoxylate.Aspect consumer accepted, higher flavour content was favourable.
Preferred detergent surfactant is selected to have to contain has an appointment 8 to about 18 carbon atoms, more preferably about 8 contain in the alkyl of about 16 carbon atoms and the per molecule and have an appointment 1 to about 4, preferably about 1 has an appointment 8 to about 18 carbon atoms to the alkyl polysaccharide detergent surfactant of about 1.5 sugared structure divisions and/or by having to contain, more preferably about 8 contain in the alkyl of about 16 carbon atoms and the per molecule and have an appointment 1 to about 4, preferably about 1 to the alkyl polysaccharide detergent surfactant of about 1.5 sugared structure divisions with contain 8 compositionss of forming to the alkyl ethoxylate of about 25 oxygen ethylene unit to about 16 carbon atoms and about 4 of having an appointment, and combination.
Cleansing of the present invention is with the preparation of the active component of lower content.Usually, said composition contains abundant surfactant and nonessential solvent, to be used as the cleaning agent of crust effectively when still keeping economy; Therefore they generally contain about 0.005% to about 0.5% surfactant of composition weight, are preferably APG and/or C 8-14The alkyl ethoxylate surfactant more preferably contains 0.01% to about 0.4% the surfactant of having an appointment, even more preferably contains 0.01% to about 0.3% the surfactant of having an appointment.Found to use low content rather than high-load surfactant favourable to comprehensive final result performance.Found that also the muddiness of final result has been alleviated by specific cosurfactant when main surfactant system comprises preferred alkyl ethoxylate.Preferred cosurfactant is C 8Sulfonate and Poly-Tergent CS-1.
Aspect household care, goods of the present invention are particularly useful.For example, these goods can be used for dry-cleaning (in-dryer cleaning) and/or when clothes being put into protecting band, can being renovated clothes when then protecting band being put into dryer with clothes.In this case, goods of the present invention can be substantially and to do or wet substantially.Preferably, the goods of the present invention that are applicable to dry-cleaning contain water and are selected from the composition of surfactant, spice, antiseptic, bleach, auxiliary cleaning agent, organic solvent and composition thereof.Preferred organic is a glycol ethers, in particular, and methoxy propoxy propanol, ethyoxyl propoxyl group propanol, propoxyl group propoxyl group propanol, butoxy propoxyl group propanol, butoxy propanol and composition thereof.Surfactant is preferably non-ionic surface active agent, and as ethoxy alcohol or ethyoxyl alkyl phenol, and its content is maximum about 2% of cleaning/renovation composition weight.The typical cleansing that is applicable to clean fabric herein can contain the water at least about 80% weight, preferably at least about 90%, more preferably at least about 95% water.
United States Patent (USP) the 5th people such as mandate on August 4th, 1998 You, 789, authorize the United States Patent (USP) the 5th of Roetker in No. 368 and on January 7th, 1997, can find in 591, No. 236 and can be contained in suitable organic solvent, surfactant, spice, antiseptic, the bleach in the cleansing of the present invention and help cleaning agent.The whole herein patent of quoting people such as You and Roetken, as a reference.In addition, introduced the other compositions that can be suitable cleansing for the 08/789th, No. 171 with the U.S. Patent application of the common pending trial of people's such as Trinh name application on January 24th, 1997.Whole herein patent application of quoting people such as Trinh, as a reference.
Application in clean fabric/renovation, cleansing preferably of the present invention comprises anti-shrink composition, said composition preferably is selected from all isomerss of ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, butanediol, pentanediol, hexanediol and composition thereof, more preferably be selected from neopentyl glycol, Polyethylene Glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3 butylene glycol, 1-capryl alcohol and composition thereof.Anti-shrink composition is preferably neopentyl glycol or 1, and the 2-propylene glycol more preferably is 1, the 2-propylene glycol.Anti-shrink composition is preferably about 1: 2 to about 1: 5 with the ratio of cleansing, is preferably about 1: 2 to about 1: 4, more preferably is about 1: 3 to about 1: 4, is most preferably about 1: 3.6.
Except above-mentioned composition, cleansing can not necessarily contain bleach, is preferably hydrogen peroxide. Polishing/dedusting composition
The beneficiating ingredient of present disclosed goods can be polishing/dedusting composition.Can by with can strengthen dirt to any polishing/dedusting composition of the tack of goods to fibrolaminar processing, especially surface treatment, further strengthen the polishing/dust removal performance of any goods of the present invention.During use, this polishing of q.s/dedusting composition is added in the goods, to strengthen the ability that goods adhere to dirt.But necessary consumption and the type of selecting additive minimizes will stay by the amount of polishing or the lip-deep residue of dedusting, and the surface can be accepted on impression concerning consumer like this.These additives be applied in addition on the goods be preferably at least about 0.01%, more preferably at least about 0.1%, more preferably at least about 0.5%, more preferably at least about 1% even more preferably at least about 3% even more preferably at least about 4% weight.Usually, addition is about 0.1 to about 25%, more preferably about 0.5 to about 20%, more preferably about 1 to about 15% even more preferably about 2 to about 10% even more preferably about 4 to about 8%, most preferably about 4 to about 6% of a product weight.
Preferred polishing/dedusting composition contains the material that is selected from wax, oil and combination thereof.Suitable wax comprises the ester of various hydrocarbon and some fatty acid (as saturated triglyceride) and aliphatic alcohol.They can come from natural origin (being animal, plant or mineral) or can be synthetic.Also can use the mixture of these various waxes.Can be used for typical animal and plant waxes more of the present invention and comprise Cera Flava, palm wax, spermaceti, lanoline, shellac wax, candelilla wax or the like.Can be used for the typical wax that comes from mineral sources of the present invention and comprise petroleum-based wax such as paraffin, vaseline, microwax and fossil, or ceresine such as ceresin, carpathite, white ceresin or the like.Can be used for typical synthetic wax of the present invention and comprise ethylenic polymer such as Tissuemat E, chlorinated naphthalene is as " Halowax ", by hydrocarbon wax of Fischer-Tropsch synthetic method preparation or the like.Other preferred polishing/dedusting composition is with wax and oily mixture supply as vaseline.
Preferred polishing/dedusting composition contains the mixture of wax and mineral oil, can be in the amount minimum that keeps remaining in the lip-deep residue of this goods wiping because of it, and the enhancing goods pick up and keep the ability of particulate matter from the surface.When adopting the mixture of mineral oil and wax, this composition is to arrive about 2: 3 weight ratio in about 1: 99 to about 7: 3, more preferably about 1: 99 to about 3: 2, even more preferably about 1: 99 to mix with oil to the ratio of wax preferably.In particularly preferred embodiments, oil is about 1: 1 to the weight ratio of wax, and the addition of the additive that applies is about 5% weight.It is preferred that polishing/the dedusting mixture of ingredients is 1: 1 a mixture of mineral oil and paraffin.
Independent wax such as paraffin can be used as the polishing/dedusting composition of goods of the present invention.Wax is during only for polishing/dedusting composition, and goods preferably contain synthetic fibers, and goods still can keep static characteristic enhanced particulate matter to be provided to pick up and to keep like this.In any case, laminate web as fruit product contains natural and/or synthetic fibers, mainly polishing/dedusting composition of forming by wax usually be applied in the addition on the laminate web be not more than about 4%, preferably be not more than about 3%, more preferably be not more than about 2% even more preferably be not more than the weight of about 1% goods.Why these additions generally can weaken the electrostatic property of goods preferably because if wax is applied on the laminate web with higher addition, thereby weaken the whole polishing/dust removal performance of goods.
Mineral oil also can be used as the polishing/dedusting composition of goods of the present invention.Mainly polishing/dedusting composition of forming by mineral oil usually be applied in the addition on the laminate web be not more than about 4%, preferably be not more than about 3%, more preferably be not more than about 2% even more preferably be not more than the weight of about 1% goods.
When with effective dose, preferably so that uniformly mode is applied at least one discrete continuum of goods to additive substantially, these few additives are especially desirable.That uses preferred low amount especially can improve the polishing/dedusting composition of dirt to the tack of goods, airborne dedusting can be provided, preferred consumer impression is the sense of touch impression especially, and polishing in addition/dedusting composition can provide fusion and add spice, prevention and control of plant diseases, pest control composition, the antibacterial that comprises antifungal and many beneficiating ingredients, the especially method of solvable or dispersible composition in this additive.These benefits only are as an example.
Preferably, when being used for polishing and/or dedusting, polishing/dedusting composition can significantly not weaken the static characteristic of goods.Goods preferably of the present invention have static characteristic when being used in this case, to promote picking up and keep particulate matter, especially thin dirt particulate matter.
Can polishing/dedusting composition be applied on the goods of the present invention by various method of application.These methods comprise hand-turning, mechanical rotation, slit spraying, ultrasonic spray, pressurization spraying, suction spraying, dipping or the like.The method on the goods of preferably polishing/dedusting composition being applied in is for passing through ultrasonic spray.Preferably polishing/dedusting composition is sprayed on the laminate web of goods equably.
Polishing/dedusting composition is applied in another preferable methods on the goods for passing through mechanical rotation.In making the process of goods, with it by being coated with a cover roller charging of the polishing/dedusting composition that remains to be applied.Can use polishing/dedusting composition with roller coating by in dish that this composition is housed or storage tank, rotating.When goods passed through the roller charging, composition was transferred on the goods from roller.If polishing/dedusting composition is wax and mineral oil, particularly with the mixture of wax to 1: 1 ratio of mineral oil, preferably dish that polishing/dedusting composition is housed or storage tank heat are arrived about 98 ℃ temperature to about 32 ℃, preferably being heated to about 40 ℃ to about 65 ℃, is fluidised form to keep polishing/dedusting composition.In the case, preferably roller also is heated to temperature like the temperature classes with the hot composition of fluidised form.Usually, the temperature of constituents mixt and roller is remained on fusing point height than constituents mixt at least about 5 ℃ to about 10 ℃.
For the production of small-scale goods of the present invention, also can composition be applied on the goods by hand-turning, comprising hold the hand-held roller, with composition be coated with roller, live-rollers on product surface. Water-retaining method
As mentioned above, in certain embodiments, goods of the present invention are considered to " substantially do ".Used herein " doing substantially " be meant goods of the present invention have less than about 0.95gms, preferably less than about 0.75gms in addition more preferably less than about 0.5gms in addition more preferably less than about 0.25gms in addition more preferably less than about 0.15gms, most preferably less than the water-retaining property of about 0.1gms.The sign of the dried sensation that the sensation of feeling when water-retaining property is user contact some goods of the present invention with " wet " Wiping article is opposite.
On the other hand, the goods of the present invention that also have " wet substantially "." wet substantially " used herein is meant that consumer wets to the sense of touch of goods.In other words, these goods have the water-retaining property greater than about 0.95gms.
Water-retaining property for the product of measuring goods of the present invention and other disposable carrying substrates needs following equipment and material.
Bounty blank sheet of paper towel The SKU 3700063037 basis weights=42.14gsm of P﹠G
Balance Precision 0.0g
Lexan Thickness 0.5 " enough greatly to cover sample and heavy 1000g fully
Weight Weight or the combination of 2000g equal 2000g
Then, weigh respectively two napkins and write down each weight.A napkin is placed on the flat surface (as laboratory table).The sample goods are placed on this napkin top.Another napkin is placed on the top of sample goods.Then, Lexan, be the top that the 2000g weight is placed on interlayer sample goods afterwards.Deng 1 minute.After 1 minute, remove weight and Lexan.Weigh top and bottom napkin and write down its weight.
By the final weight (1 minute after) of the weight of initial napkin from top and bottom napkin deducted, calculate water-retaining property.The weight difference that obtains from top and bottom napkin added and.Suppose and tested a plurality of samples, try to achieve the average of gross weight difference, to obtain water-retaining property. Be applicable to the nonessential composition that adds in the personal care product of the present invention
Can not change under the prerequisite of advantage of the present invention with accepting, be applicable to that the goods of the present invention of personal care applications can contain various other components, as composition commonly used in the specific products type.These nonessential compositions should be applicable on the skin and hair that is applied in the people, in other words, when adding in the goods, they are suitable not to have over-drastic toxicity, incompatibility, unstability, anaphylaxis in doctor or the correct determination range of formulator or the like with people's contact skin." the multiple nonlimiting cosmetic and the ingredient that generally are used for the skin protection industry that are applicable in the goods of the present invention have been introduced in the CTFA cosmetic composition handbook second edition (1992).
In personal care field, the example of suitable nonessential composition kind comprises: enzyme, abrasive material, decorticating agent, absorbent, aesthetic composition such as spice, colorant, pigment/colorant, essential oil, skin sensitizer (skin sensate), astringent or the like is (as Oleum Caryophylli, menthol, Camphora, Eucalyptus oil, acetaminol, menthyl lactate, the Radix Hamamelidis Mollis distillation), anti-acne agents is (as resorcinol, sulfur, salicylic acid, erythromycin, zinc or the like), anticaking agent, defoamer, other antibacterial (as iodine propyl carbamic acid butyl ester), antioxidant, binding agent, bio-additive, buffer agent, filler, chelating agen, chemical addition agent, coloring agent, the cosmetic astringent, the cosmetics antibacterial, denaturant, the medicine astringent, external-use analgesic, film former or help the filming performance of compositions and the material such as the polymer (as icosa alkene and vinylpyrrolidone copolymers) of affinity, wetting agent, opacifier, the pH conditioner, propellant, Reducing agent, sequestering agent, Porcelana Skin Bleaching Agent Porcelana (or brightening agent) is (as hydroquinone, kojic acid, ascorbic acid, Magnesium Ascorbyl Phosphate, the vitamin C glycosamine), emollient and/or consolidant are (as panthenol and derivant (as the ethyl panthenol), Aloe, pantothenic acid and its derivant, allantoin, bisabolol and glycyrrhizic acid dipotassium), skin treatment agent comprises and preventing, postpone, stop and/or reverse the reagent (as 'alpha '-hydroxy acids such as lactic acid and hydroxyacetic acid and beta-hydroxy acid such as salicylic acid) of wrinkle of skin, thickening agent, hydrocolloid, zeolite and vitamin and derivant thereof are (as tocopherol especially, the sorbic acid tocopherol, tocopheryl acetate, bata-carotene, tretinoin, retinol, retinoid, retinyl palmitate, nicotinic acid, nicotiamide or the like).Goods of the present invention can comprise carrier components as known in the art.These carriers can comprise and are applicable to one or more the compatible agent of liquid or solid fillers dilute or carriers that are applied on skin or the hair.
Goods of the present invention can not necessarily contain one or more these nonessential composition.Be applicable to that the goods preferred of the present invention of personal care applications can not necessarily contain the composition of the useful treatment of safe and effective amount, this composition contains the reagent of the useful treatment that is selected from element-vitamine compound, skin treatment agent, anti-acne agents, anti-wrinkle agent, anti-atrophoderma agent, antiinflammatory, local anesthetic, artificial suntan and short solarization agent, antimicrobial, antifungal, sunscreen, antioxidant, decorticating agent and combination thereof." safe and effective amount " used herein is meant that the amount of chemical compound or composition is enough to significantly cause positive effect or benefit, but enough low to avoid serious adverse (as over-drastic toxicity or anaphylaxis), promptly in the correct scope of judging of doctor, provide rational terrible ratio.
Be applicable to that nonessential composition herein can be classified by the benefit of its treatment or aesthetic feeling or the model of action of its supposition.However, it should be understood that the nonessential composition that is applicable to herein can provide in some cases more than a kind of treatment or aesthetic feeling benefit or can be more than a kind of mode effect.Therefore, the classification that this place is done is not want this composition is limited to the several application that this is used especially or enumerates just for convenience.Similarly, work as where applicable, the salt of pharmaceutically acceptable this composition also is applicable to herein. Element-vitamine compound
Goods of the present invention can contain element-vitamine compound, precursor and derivant thereof.These element-vitamine compounds can be natural or synthesized form.Suitable element-vitamine compound comprises, but be not limited to vitamin A (as bata-carotene, tretinoin, retinol, retinoid, retinyl palmitate, Vitamin A propionate or the like), vitamin B is (as nicotinic acid, nicotiamide, riboflavin, pantothenic acid or the like), vitamin C (as ascorbic acid or the like), vitamin D is (as ergosterol, ergocalciferol, cholecalciferol or the like), vitamin E (as tocopheryl acetate or the like) and vitamin K are (as vitamin K1, menadione, phthiocol or the like) chemical compound.
Especially, goods of the present invention comprise the vitamin B of safety and effective dose 3Chemical compound.The US that is incorporated herein common pending trial for reference as integral body applies for No.08/834, the middle description of 010 (application on April 11st, 1997, corresponding to the open WO 97/39733A1 in the world, on October 30th, 1997 is open), vitamin B 3Chemical compound is particularly useful for regulating skin.Treatment component of the present invention preferably comprises about 0.01% to about 50%, and more preferably from about 0.1% to about 10%, and more preferably from about 0.5% to about 10% and more preferably from about 1% to about 5%, more preferred about 2% to about 5% vitamin B 3Chemical compound.
" the vitamin B here 3Chemical compound " be meant chemical compound with following formula:
Figure A0081793800541
Wherein R is-CONH 2(being nicotiamide) ,-COOH (being nicotinic acid) or-CH 2OH (being nicotinyl alcohol); Its derivant; Salt with any above-mentioned substance.
Said vitamin B 3The illustrative derivant of chemical compound comprises nicotinate, comprises non-distensibility of blood vessel ester, the cigarette base aminoacid of nicotinic acid, nicotinyl alcohol esters, nicotinic acid N-oxide and the nicotinoyl amine n-oxide of carboxylic acid.
Said vitamin B 3Examples for compounds is to know in this area, and can be available from multiple merchant source, as sigma chemical company (St. Louis, MO), ICN Biomedicals Inc. (Irvin, CA) and Aldrich chemical company (Milwaukee, WI).
The vitamin B that comprises 3Chemical compound can be a pure material basically, or the extract that obtains from the suitable physical and the Chemical Decomposition of natural source (as plant). Skin treatment agents
Goods of the present invention can contain one or more skin treatment agents.Suitable skin treatment agents comprises the reagent that can prevent, postpone, stop and/or reverse wrinkle of skin effectively.The example of suitable skin treatment agents is including, but not limited to 'alpha '-hydroxy acids such as lactic acid and hydroxyacetic acid, and beta-hydroxy acid such as salicylic acid. The anti-acne active matter:
Several examples of useful anti-acne active matter comprise keratolytic in the goods of the present invention, for example for example 5-decoyl salicylic acid and resorcinol of salicylic acid (oxybenzoic acid), salicylic derivant; The retinoid material is tretinoin and its derivant (for example cis and trans retinoic acid) for example; The D of sulfur-bearing and L aminoacid and derivant and salt, especially its N-acetyl derivative, preferred example is N-acetyl group-L-cysteine; Thioctic acid; Antibiotics and biocide be benzoyl peroxide, Octopirox, tetracycline, 2 for example, 4,4 '-three chloro-2 '-hydroxyl-diphenyl ether, 3,4,4 '-trichloro-symmetrical diphenyl urea, Azelaic Acid and derivant thereof, phenyl phenol, phenoxypropanol, phenoxy group isopropyl alcohol, ethyl acetate, clindamycin and meclocycline; Sebostats is flavonoid for example; Bile salts is scymnol sulfate and derivant, dexycholate and cholate for example. Crease-resistant and anti-skin atrophy actives:
The several examples that are applicable to the crease-resistant and anti-skin atrophy actives of goods of the present invention include but not limited to tretinoin and derivant (cis and trans) thereof; Retinol, retinyl ester, nicotiamide, salicylic acid and derivant thereof; The D of sulfur-bearing and L aminoacid and derivant and salt, especially N-acetyl derivative, its preferred examples are N-acetyl group-L-cysteine; Mercaptan is as ethyl mercaptan; Terpene alcohol (as farnesol); Hydroxy acid, phytic acid, thioctic acid; Lysophosphatidic acid and decorticating agent (for example phenol). The anti-class active matter of on-steroidal (NSAIDS):
The example that is applicable to the NSAIDS of goods of the present invention includes but not limited to following type: propanoic derivatives, acetogenin, fenamic acid derivatives, xenyl carboxylic acid derivates and oxicams.In the people's such as Sunshine that all these NSAIDS deliver on January 15th, 1991 the United States Patent (USP) 4,985,459 sufficient explanation is arranged, as a reference here.Several examples of useful NSAIDS comprise aspirin, ibuprofen, naproxen, Ben Evil third sweet smell, flurbiprofen, fenoprofen, fenbufen, ketone benzenpropanoic acid, indoprofen, Pirprofen, carprofen, oxaprazine, Pranoprofen, miroprofen, Tioxaprofen, suprofen, alminoprofen, Artiflam, fluorobenzene propanoic acid and bucloxic acid.The steroidal anti-inflammatory drug that comprises hydrocortisone also is useful. Local anesthetic:
The example that is applicable to several local anesthetics of goods of the present invention includes but not limited to acceptable salt on benzocaine, lidocaine, marcaine, chlorine third caine, dibucaine, clothing ferrum caine, mepivacaine, tetracaine, dyclonine, hexylcaine hydrochloride, procaine, cocaine, ketamine, pramoxine, phenol and their medicine. Artificial suntan and tanned promoter:
Be applicable to that the artificial suntan of goods of the present invention and the example of promoter thereof include but not limited to dihydroxy acetone, tyrosine, tyrosine ester, as tyrosine ethyl ester, and phospho-DOPA. Antimicrobial and antifungal actives:
The example that is applicable to the antimicrobial of goods of the present invention and antifungal actives has but is not limited to: the beta-lactam medicine, quinolones, encircle the third fluorine chloromycetin, norfloxacin, tetracycline, erythromycin, amikacin, 2,4,4 '-three chloro-2 '-dihydroxy diphenyl ether, 3,4,4 '-trichloro-symmetrical diphenyl urea, phenyl phenol, phenoxypropanol, the phenoxy group isopropyl alcohol, doxycycline, capreomycin, wash and to eliminate, chlortetracycline, oxytetracycline, clindamycin, ethambutol, hexamidine isethionate, metronidazole, penta amidine is fixed, gentamycin, kanamycin, the line mycin, methacycline, the Wu Luopin holder, minocycline, neomycin, netilmicin, paromomycin, streptomycin, tobramycin, miconazole, the tetracycline salt acidulants, erythromycin, zinc erythromycin, erythromycin propionate lauryl sulfate, bristamycin, amikacin sulfate, doxycycline hyclate, sulphuric acid line mycin, the glucose pickling must be eliminated, the salt pickling must be eliminated, chlortetracycline hydrochloride, tetramycin hydrochloride, Luijiemycin Hydrochloride, the hydrochloric acid ethambutol, the hydrochloric acid metronidazole, hydrochloric acid penta amidine is fixed, gentamycin sulfate, kanamycin sulfate, hydrochloric acid line mycin, methacycline hydrochloride, methenamine hippu, hexamine mandelate, minocycline hydrochloride, polygynax, netilmicin sulfate, paromomycin sulfate, streptomycin sulfate, obracine, the hydrochloric acid miconazole, hydrochloric acid amanfadine, sulphuric acid amanfadine, Octopirox, parachlorometaxylenol, nystatin, tinea is moved back, 2-mercaptopyridine zinc oxide and clotrimazole. Antiviral agent
Goods of the present invention also can contain one or more antiviral agent.Suitable antiviral agent is including, but not limited to slaine (as silver nitrate, copper sulfate, iron chloride or the like) and organic acid (as maleic acid, salicylic acid, succinic acid, benzoic acid or the like).Contain to contain in the special compositions of other suitable antiviral agent and all be U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 09/421 at the common pending trial of application on October 19th, 1999,084 (people such as Beerse), 09/421,131 (people such as Biedermann), 09/420, the antiviral agent of introducing among 646 people such as () Morgan and 09/421,179 people such as () Page. Enzyme
Goods of the present invention can not necessarily contain one or more enzymes.Preferably these enzymes are acceptable on the skin.Suitable enzyme is including, but not limited to keratinase, protease, amylase, hay lysozyme, other peptide or the like.
Component of the present invention can comprise the peptide of safe and effective amount, includes but not limited to two, three, four and pentapeptide and derivant thereof.Here " peptide " is meant naturally occurring and synthetic peptide.Here also can use natural appearance and the compositions that be purchased that contains peptide.
Here the tripeptides of Shi Yonging comprises carnosine (beta-ala-his).Here the tripeptides of Shi Yonging comprises gly-his-lys, arg-lys-arg, his-gly-gly.Preferred tripeptides and derivant thereof comprise palmityl-gly-his-lys, and it can be that the Biopeptide CL  that is purchased is (available from the palmityl of the 100ppm of French Sederma-gly-his-lys); Peptide CK (arg-lys-arg); Peptide CK+ (ac-arg-lys-arg-NH 2); Copper derivant (Iamin is available from the Sigma company of St. Louis, Missouri) with his-gly-gly.The tetrapeptide that is applicable to this comprises Peptide E, arg-ser-arg-lys (SEQ ID NO:1).The pentapeptide that is applicable to this comprises lys-thr-thr-lys-ser.Preferably being purchased the pentapeptide derivative compositions is Matrixyl , and it contains palmityl-lys-thr-thr-lys-ser (SEQ IDNO:2 is available from the Sederma of France) of 100ppm.
Peptide is preferably from palmityl-lys-thr-thr-lys-ser, palmityl-gly-his-lys, beta-ala-his and derivant thereof and combination thereof.More preferably peptide is selected from palmityl-lys-thr-thr-lys-ser, palmityl-gly-his-lys and derivant thereof and its combination.Again preferably, peptide is selected from palmityl-lys-thr-thr-lys-ser and derivant thereof.
In the time of in being contained in the present composition, the content of preferred peptide is about 1 * 10 of composition weight -6% is to about 10%, and more preferably from about 1 * 10 -6% is to about 0.1%, and more preferred about 1 * 10 -5% is to about 0.01%.At some peptide is in the compositions of carnosine , and compositions preferably contains this class peptide of about 0.1% to about 5% of composition weight.Comprise in the embodiment that contains peptide combinations, Matrixy  and/or Biopeptide CL  at other, Matrixyl  and/or Biopeptide CL  that compositions preferably contains about composition weight about 0.1% to about 10% contain peptide combinations. The sunscreen actives thing:
Here some sunscreen is useful.Various sunscreen all have explanation in following document: the people's such as Haffey that on February 11st, 1992 authorized U.S. Patent No. 5,087,445; The people's such as Turner of December in 1991 mandate on the 17th U.S. Patent No. 5,073,372; The people's such as Turner of December in 1991 mandate on the 17th U.S. Patent No. 5,073,371; People's such as Segarin Cosmetics section Learn and technologyChapter 8 is the 189th page in one book.All above-mentioned documents in full here all in full as a reference.The limiting examples that is used for these sunscreen of the present invention is selected from p-methoxycinnamic acid (2-ethyl-own) ester, N; N-dimethyl-para-amino benzoic acid (the 2-ethyl is own) ester, para-amino benzoic acid, 2-Phenylbenzimidazole-5-sulfonic acid, octocrilene, oxybenzone, the high menthyl ester of salicylic acid, ethylhexyl salicylate, 4,4 '-methoxyl group-tert-butyl group dibenzoyl methane, 4-isopropyl diphenyl formoxyl methane, 3-benzylidene camphor, 3-(4-methylphenylene) Camphora, titanium dioxide, zinc oxide, silicon dioxide, ferrum oxide and composition thereof.Some other useful sunscreen is disclosed in the USP4937370 that authorizes Sabatelli June 26 nineteen ninety; People's such as mandate on March 12nd, 1991 Sabatelli USP4999186; These two pieces all are incorporated into for reference.In these examples especially preferred 2; the 4-N of 4-dihydroxy benzophenone; the 4-N of N-(2-ethylhexyl) methylamino benzoate, 4-hydroxy benzophenone acyl group methane; the 4-N of N-(2-ethylhexyl) methylamino benzoate, 2-hydroxyl-4-(2-hydroxyl-oxethyl) benzophenone; the 4-N of N-(2-ethylhexyl) methylamino benzoate, 4-(2-hydroxyl-oxethyl) dibenzoyl methane, N-(2-ethylhexyl) methylamino benzoate, and composition thereof.The definite use amount of sunscreen depends on selected sunscreen and required sun protection factor (SPF).SPF is the measurement method commonly used of the sunscreen photoprotection that prevented erythema.See Federal Register, volume 43, No.166, the 38206-38269 page or leaf in August 25,1978, is incorporated herein for reference. Hydrocolloid
Hydrocolloid also can not necessarily be included in the goods of the present invention.Hydrocolloid is well known in the art and helps to prolong the useful life that is contained in the surfactant in the cleansing of the present invention, like this during the whole shower of the effect sustainable at least of goods.Suitable hydrocolloid is including, but not limited to xanthan gum, carboxymethyl cellulose, hydroxyethyl-cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, methyl and ethyl cellulose, natural gum, gudras guar gum, locust beam gum, native starch, deionization starch (as octenyl succinic acid starch) or the like. The heat release zeolite
Zeolite and other chemical compound that exothermic reaction takes place when mixing with water also can not necessarily be included in the goods of the present invention. Oil-soluble polymerization gellant
Goods of the present invention preferably contain oil-soluble and form one or more polymeric materials of gel with the lyophobic dust (as oil) of therapeutic beneficiating ingredient.These polymer are of value to these materials that formation can form the elastic gel of stability with improvement and shearing strength.
When having hydrophobic gel, goods preferably contain about 0.05% to about 100%, more preferably about 0.1% of the base layer weight calculated based on the dry weight of polymerization gellant and arrive about oil-soluble polymerization gellant of 20%, most preferably about 1% to about 10%.
At least the partial cross-linked oil-soluble polymeric material of suitable especially is softening point<160 ℃.Suitable material comes from PE (polyethylene), PVA (polyvinyl alcohol) and derivant, PVP (polyvinyl pyrrolidone) and derivant, the PVP/ olefin copolymer, the PVP/VA copolymer, PVM/MA (methyl vinyl ether/maleic anhydride) copolymer and its ester and ether, poly-especially (alkyl vinyl ether-maleic anhydride) copolymer, ethylene/VA copolymer, styrene/isoprene, styrene/ethylene/butylene, styrene/ethylene/propylene, styrene/ethylene/butylene/styrene and styrene/butadiene copolymers.Suitable material can be from (the ELVAX of Du Pont Type), BASF (LUVISKOL Type), shell (KRATON Polymer) and ISP (GANTREZ And GANEX The PVP of type) bought. Become hydrogel polymerization gellant
In certain embodiments of the invention, goods can not necessarily contain by the aqueous gel that becomes hydrogel polymerization gellant and water to form, i.e. hydrogel.Or rather, hydrogel is contained in the cleansing or therapeutic beneficiating ingredient of goods.When aqueous gel existed, goods preferably contained about 0.1% to about 100%, more preferably about 3% to about 50%, most preferably about 5% to about 35% one-tenth hydrogel polymerization gellant of the water-insoluble base layer weight calculated with the dry weight that becomes hydrogel polymerization gellant.
Usually, one-tenth hydrogel polymerization gellant material of the present invention is the partial cross-linked at least polymer for preparing for water miscible polymerisable unsaturated acidiferous monomer by after water solublity or the hydrolysis.These materials comprise the mono-vinyl unsaturated compound with at least one hydrophilic radical, include, but is not limited to contain the ethylenic unsaturated acid and the anhydride of at least one carbon-to-carbon olefinic double bond.For these monomers, water solublity be meant monomer 25 ℃ down can at least 0.2%, preferably at least 1.0% content be dissolved in deionized water.
After the polymerization, above-mentioned monomeric unit usually in the polymerization gellant material, contain about 25 moles of % to 99.99 mole of %, more preferably about 50 moles of % to 99.99 mole of %, most preferably at least about the acidiferous monomer of 75 moles of % (polymer dry weight base).
One-tenth hydrogel polymerization gellant herein is partial cross-linked with enough degree, preferably the degree of cross linking is enough high, there is not glass transition temperature (Tg) in the polymer that obtains so under about 140 ℃, therefore, term used herein " becomes hydrogel polymerization gellant " and should refer to satisfy the polymer of this parameter.Preferably become the hydrogel gellant under about 180 ℃, not have Tg, more preferably before temperature is about 300 ℃ or higher polymer unwinds temperature, do not have Tg.Can measure Tg by the differential scanning calorimetry (DSC) of carrying out with 5mg or sample still less, with 20.0 ℃/minute the rates of heat addition.The starting point and the mid-point computation between terminal point that change corresponding to the heat flow of gamma transition on DSC thermal capacitance heating curves are Tg.It is well-known in this area to measure Tg with DSC, and is introduced in publishing at " heat is analyzed " nineteen ninety Academic Press Inc. in " using DSC to obtain thermodynamics and kinetics data accurately " in January, 1994 AmericanLaboratory publication, 14-19 page or leaf and by B.Wunderlich by B.Cassel and M.P.DiVito.
Become being characterized as high-absorbable and can keeping water of hydrogel polymerization material with its absorption or " gel " attitude.Preferred one-tenth hydrogel polymerization gellant herein can absorb the every gram gellant of water (deionized) at least about 40g, preferably at least about 60g/g, more preferably at least about 80g/g.These values that are called " absorptive capacity " herein can be measured according to the method for above-mentioned absorptive capacity " tea-bag " test.
Usually, one-tenth hydrogel polymerization gellant herein is partial cross-linked at least.Suitable cross-linking agent is well-known in the art, comprises the chemical compound that has at least two polymerisable double bonds as (1); (2) have at least one polymerisable double bonds and at least one can with the chemical compound of the functional group of acidiferous monomer substance reaction; (3) have at least two can with the chemical compound of the functional group of acidiferous monomer substance reaction; And (4) can form the polyvalent metal compounds of ionic cross-linked bond.
Cross-linking agent with at least two polymerisable double bonds comprises (i) two or many vinyl compounds such as divinylbenzene and divinyl toluene; Two or polyester of (ii) unsaturated list or polycarboxylic acid and polyhydric alcohol comprise two or triacrylate as polyhydric alcohol such as ethylene glycol, trimethylolpropane, glycerol or polyoxyethylene glycol; (iii) diacrylamine such as N, N-methylene diacrylate amine; The (iv) carbamyl ester that can obtain by polyisocyanate and hydroxyl monomer reaction; (v) two of polyhydric alcohol or the polyenoid propyl ether; (vi) polycarboxylic two or the polyenoid propyl ester, as diallyl phthalate, diallyl adipate or the like; (ester of an allyl ester of vii) unsaturated list or polycarboxylic acid and polyhydric alcohol is as the acrylate of Polyethylene Glycol one allyl ether; And (viii) two or triallylamine.
Have at least one polymerizable double bond and at least one and can comprise N hydroxymethyl acrylamide, glycidyl acrylate or the like with the cross-linking agent of the functional group of acidiferous monomer substance reaction.Have at least two and can comprise Biformyl with the suitable cross-linking agent of the functional group of acidiferous monomer substance reaction; Polyhydric alcohol is as ethylene glycol and glycerol; Polyamines is as alkylene diamine (as ethylenediamine), polyalkylene polyamine, polyepoxide, two or polyglycidyl ether or the like.The suitable polyvalent metal cross-linking agent that can form ionic cross-linked bond comprises and comprises oxide, hydroxide and the salt of weak acid (as carbonate, acetate or the like) of alkaline-earth metal (as calcium, magnesium) and zinc as calcium oxide and two zinc acetates.
United States Patent (USP) the 4th people such as mandate on February 28th, 1978 Masuda, authorize people's such as Allen United States Patent (USP) the 4th, 861 in 076, No. 663 and on August 29th, 1989, introduce the cross-linking agent of many above-mentioned types in No. 539 in more detail, quoted the two herein as a reference.Preferred cross-linking agents comprises two or polyester, the diacrylamine and two or triallylamine of unsaturated one or polycarboxylic acid one allyl ester of polyhydric alcohol.The object lesson of particularly preferred cross-linking agent comprises N, N '-methylene diacrylamine and trimethylolpropane triacrylate.
Cross-linking agent usually accounts for about 0.001 mole of % to 5 mole of % in the one-tenth hydrogel polymerization material that obtains.More generally, account for about 0.01 mole of % to 3 mole of % in the used herein one-tenth hydrogel polymerization gellant of cross-linking agent.
One-tenth hydrogel polymerization gellant herein can the neutral form of its part use.Be purpose of the present invention, in order at least 25 moles of % forming polymer, preferably the monomer of at least 50 moles of % thinks that then these materials are that part is neutral when containing the acidic group monomer with alkali is neutral.Suitable neutralization bases cation comprises hydroxide (as KOH, NaOH), ammonium, replacement ammonium and amine such as the amino alcohol (as 2-amino-2-methyl-1, ammediol, diethanolamine and 2-amino-2-methyl-1-propanol) of alkali metal and alkaline-earth metal.Use contain in and the monomer of the acidic group percentage ratio that accounts for the total monomer amount be called as " degree of neutralization " herein.Degree of neutralization preferably is no more than 98%.
Be applicable to that one-tenth hydrogel polymerization gellant herein is well-known in this area, at United States Patent (USP) the 4th as people such as mandate on February 28th, 1978 Masuda, 076, No. 663, Decembers in 1977 were authorized the United States Patent (USP) the 4th of Westerman on the 13rd, 062, No. 817, people's such as mandate on August 25th, 1981 Tsubakimoto United States Patent (USP) the 4th, 286, No. 082, people's such as mandate on October 29th, 1991 Goldman United States Patent (USP) the 5th, authorize people's such as Brandt United States Patent (USP) the 4th, 654 in 061, No. 259 and on March 31st, 1987, introduced in No. 039, integral body is quoted each patent herein.
Be applicable to one-tenth hydrogel polymerization gellant is herein also authorized Le-Khac on March 15th, 1988 United States Patent (USP) the 4th, 731, No. 067, authorized the United States Patent (USP) the 4th of Le-Khac on May 10th, 1988,734, No. 244, authorized the United States Patent (USP) the 4th of Le-Khac on March 21st, 1989,813, No. 945, No. the 4th, 880,868, the United States Patent (USP) of mandate on November 14th, 1988 Le-Khac, authorize the United States Patent (USP) the 4th of Le-Khac January 9 nineteen ninety, 892, No. 533, No. the 5th, 026,784, the United States Patent (USP) of mandate on June 25th, 1991 Le-Khac, authorized the United States Patent (USP) the 5th of Le-Khac on January 7th, 1992,079, No. 306, No. the 5th, 151,465, the United States Patent (USP) of JIUYUE in 1992 mandate on the 29th Le-Khac, authorized Allen on August 29th, 1989, the United States Patent (USP) the 4th of Farrer and Flesher, 861, No. 539 and mandate on October 9 nineteen ninety Allen, done introduction in No. the 4th, 962,172, the United States Patent (USP) of Farrer and Flesher, integral body is quoted each patent herein, as a reference.
The suitable one-tenth hydrogel polymerization gellant of particle form is commercial can be from the HoechstCelanese company of the U.S., Portsmouth, VA (Sanwet TMSuper absorbent polymer), Ri Ben Nippon Shokubai (Aqualic TM, as L-75, L-76) and the Dow Chemical Company of the U.S., Midland, MI (Dry Tech TM) bought.
The one-tenth hydrogel polymerization gellant of fibers form is commercial can be from the CamelotTechnologies company of the U.S., Leominster, MA (Fibersorb TM, as SA 7200H, SA 7200M, SA 7000L, SA 7000 and SA 7300) bought.
Goods of the present invention also can contain other hydrophilic gelling agent.These gellant comprise except having the lower degree of cross linking so that it has the aforesaid carboxylic acid polyalcohol that contains of others the Tg that is lower than 140 ℃, and many other water solublity or gelationus water-soluble polymers, as cellulose ether (as hydroxyethyl-cellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl emthylcellulose), polyvinyl pyrrolidone, polyvinyl alcohol, guar gum, hydroxypropyl guar gum and xanthan gum.Preferably contain acid polymer in these other hydrophilic gelling agent, particularly contain carboxylic acid polyalcohol.Especially preferred for containing the polyene-based polyether of acrylic acid and polyhydric alcohol, the polymer of the crosslinked water-soluble polymer of acrylate or multifunctional vinylidene monomer not necessarily.
Be applicable to that preferred copolymer of the present invention is the polymer that contains the monomer mixture of the unsaturated carboxylic monomer of the olefinic that is selected from acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and ethylacrylic acid of 95 to 99 weight % and about 1 to about 3.5 weight % the acrylate with following general formula: Wherein R is the alkyl that contains 10 to 30 carbon atoms, R 1Be hydrogen, methyl or ethyl; And the per molecule of 0.1 to 0.6 weight % contains the crosslinked polyene-based polyether of polymerizable more than the polyhydric alcohol of an alkenyl ether groups, and wherein the polyhydric alcohol parent contains at least 3 carbon atoms and at least 3 hydroxyls.
Preferably, these polymer contain the acrylate that 96 acrylic acid and about 2.5 that arrive about 97.9 weight % of having an appointment arrive about 3.5 weight %, and wherein alkyl contains 12 to 22 carbon atoms, R 1Be methyl, most preferably acrylate is the methacrylic acid stearyl ester.Preferably, the monomeric amount of crosslinked polyene-based polyether is about 0.2 to 0.4 weight %.Preferred crosslinked polyene-based polyether monomer is pi-allyl tetramethylolmethane, trimethylolpropane allyl ether or allyl sucrose.These polymer are authorized on April 5th, 1985 in people's such as Huang No. the 4th, 509,949, the United States Patent (USP) sufficient introduction, quotes this patent herein, as a reference.
Be applicable to that other preferred copolymer of the present invention is to contain at least two monomer components, one to be monomer ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids, another polymer for the polyene-based polyether of polyhydric alcohol.If desired, in monomer mixture, can have other monomeric substance, even the ratio of can preponderating.
The first kind of monomer component that is applicable to these carboxylic acid polyalcohols of preparation is the ethylenically unsaturated carboxylic acids that contains at least one activated carbon-carbon olefinic double bond and at least one carboxyl.Preferred carboxylic acid monomer is the acrylic acid with following formula:
Figure A0081793800631
R wherein 2For being selected from hydrogen, halogen and cyano group (C=N), the substituent group of univalent alkyl, monovalence alkaryl and monovalence alcyl.This apoplexy due to endogenous wind, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and ethylacrylic acid are most preferred.The another kind of carboxylic acid monomer who is suitable for is maleic anhydride or its acid.The amount of used acid is about 95.5 to about 98.9 weight %.
The second kind of monomer component that is applicable to the preparation of these carboxylic acid polyalcohols is that per molecule has the polyene-based polyether more than an alkenyl ether groups, is present in the thiazolinyl CH that links to each other with the methylene end group as olefinic double bond wherein 2=C<.
Can be present in other monomeric substance in the polymer comprises and contains at least two CH 2The multifunctional vinylidene monomer of<end group comprises as butadiene, isoprene, divinylbenzene, divinyl naphthalene, allyl acrylate or the like.Authorize in July 2 nineteen fifty-seven in No. the 2nd, 798,053, the United States Patent (USP) of Brown and fully introduced these polymer, integral body is quoted this patent herein, as a reference.
The example that is applicable to polymers of carboxylic acid of the present invention comprises Carbomer 934, Carbomer941, Carbomer 950, Carbomer 951, Carbomer 954, Carbomer 980, Carbomer981, Carbomer 1342, acrylate/acrylic acid C10-30 alkyl ester cross-linked polymer (can be from B.F.Goodrich respectively with Carbopol 934, Carbopol 941, Carbopol 950, Carbopol 951, Carbopol 954, Carbopol 980, Carbopol 981, Carbopol1342 and Pemulen series have been bought).
Be applicable to other polymers of carboxylic acid of the present invention comprise by Hoechst Celanese company with trade name Hostaceren PN73 sell the sodium salt of acrylic acid copolymer.Also comprise the aquogel polymer of selling with trade name HYPAN hydrogel by Lipo chemical company.These hydrogels are made up of the crystallization plicks of nitrate on the C-C skeleton with various other side groups such as carboxyl, amide and amidine.Example can comprise the polymer powder HYPAN SA100H that can buy from the Lipo chemistry.
The nertralizer of acidic group of these polymer of being used to neutralize comprises aforesaid those nertralizers. High spreadability oil
The nonessential composition of in the beneficiating ingredient of goods of the present invention another is " a high spreadability oil ".Especially preferred is to contain vitamin B in the beneficiating ingredient 3Comprise this high spreadability oil during chemical compound.Highly preferred conditioning component also contains 3%-10%, preferably about 3%-is about 8%, and the high spreadability oil of 4%-about 6% more preferably from about, it is selected from i) weight average molecular weight is the branched-chain hydrocarbons of about 100-about 1000 and the ii) liquid esters of the following formula I skin agent that softens:
Figure A0081793800641
Formula I is R wherein 1Be selected from H or CH 3, R 2, R 3And R 4Be independently selected from C 1-C 20The straight or branched alkyl, and x is the integer of 1-20.
This high spreadability oil can be beneficial to vitamin B 3The distribution of chemical compound on skin.
The suitable example of branched-chain hydrocarbons comprises Fancol ID, 2-Methylpentadecane and Isoeicosane.Preferred 2-Methylpentadecane.Herein, poly-(alpha-olefin) antiplastering aid generally also belongs to branched-chain hydrocarbons, below will be described in detail.When using this antiplastering aid, consider that then its consumption should be included in the content range of above-mentioned high spreadability oil.
The gentle skin agent material of the esters of suitable above-mentioned formula I comprises the isostearic acid methyl ester, isostearic acid isopropyl ester, neopentanoic acid iso stearyl ester, isononyl isononanoate, sad isodecyl ester, different isodecyl pelargonate, different n-nonanoic acid tridecyl ester, sad myristin, octyl pelargonate, different octyl pelargonate, myristyl myristate, neopentanoic acid myristyl ester, neopentanoic acid iso stearyl ester, sad myristin, propanoic acid myristin, isopropyl myristate and composition thereof.
Being preferred for the gentle skin agent of esters of the present invention is isononyl isononanoate, neopentanoic acid iso stearyl ester, isostearic acid methyl ester, isostearic acid isopropyl ester, isopropyl stearate, isopropyl myristate and composition thereof.
Being particularly preferred for high spreadability oil of the present invention is 2-Methylpentadecane, isononyl isononanoate, isostearic acid methyl ester, isostearic acid isopropyl ester or its mixture.
More preferably being used for of the present invention is the mixture that contains the high spreadability oil of 2-Methylpentadecane and isostearic acid isopropyl ester.When compositions of the present invention contains high-load glycerol, this mixture of preferred especially use.
It is about 10% that the gentle amount of skin agent material in compositions of esters is preferably about 0.1%-of composition weight, and preferably about 0.1%-is about 8%, particularly about 0.5%-about 5%. Antiplastering aid
When vitamin b 3 compound also exists, comprise one or more antiplastering aids in the preferred useful component of the present invention.The preferred useful component of this class comprises about 4%, preferred about 2.5%, the antiplastering aid of 1%-about 2% more preferably from about of about 0.5%-of about 0.3%-, said antiplastering aid is selected from poly-(alpha-olefin) and the occludent of MW for about 260-about 1000, and wherein said occludent is selected from vaseline, castor oil acid cetyl and lanoline.As if although not exclusively understand, poly-(alpha-olefin) antiplastering aid works by different mechanism with the occlusion antiplastering aid.Even so, both are to reducing and the high-load vitamin B 3The viscosity dermal sensation that chemical compound is relevant all is effective.Although do not get rid of the mixture of antiplastering aid, best effect is to obtain when antiplastering aid only is selected from a kind of in these two types.
Suitable above-mentioned poly-(alpha-olefin) can obtain from having about 14 carbon atoms of about 6-, the preferred 1-olefine monomer of the about twelve carbon atom of about 6-, the particularly about twelve carbon atom of about 8-.Can be used for poly-(alpha-olefin) of the present invention preferably poly-(alpha-olefin) oligomer of hydrogenation.Be used to prepare the 1-olefine monomer that poly-(alpha-olefin) oligomer of the present invention uses and comprise the 1-hexene, the 1-octene, 1-decene, the 1-dodecylene, tetradecene is such as the branched chain isomer and the combination thereof of 4-methyl-1-pentene.First-selection is oligomer or its combination of 1-octene to the 1-dodecylene.Preferred especially poly decene.Suitable poly decene oil can from Mobil chemical company (P.O.Box 3140, Edison, New Jersey 08818 is USA) with trade name Puresyn 4 and from BP Amoco (200 E.Randolph Drive, Chicago, IL 60601-7125) with trade name Silkflo 364 NF are commercially available.First-selected is vaseline as antiplastering aid. Inorganic delustering agent
Inorganic delustering agent as titanium oxide or zinc oxide, also is useful in the useful component of goods of the present invention.When existing, the use amount of delustering agent is no more than 3%, with whiteness of skin or factitious " covering " appearance of avoiding not expecting.Being preferred for of the present invention is titanium dioxide, especially anatase titania.
The density of anatase titanium oxide is about 3.90g/cm 3And be quadrangle, cube close-packed structure.The index of refraction of anatase titanium oxide is 2.55.Anatase titania can be commercially available with trade name Kobo BTD 11 S2 from KoboProducts company, from Whittaker (Clark, Daniels, South Plainfield, New Jersey is USA) with ProductName TiO 29729 is commercially available, and can from Cardre company (South Plainfield, New Jersey, USA) commercially available with trade name Carde 70429.
In view of the sensation of skin, the appearance of skin and the compatibility of emulsion, the delustering agent that the present invention preferably uses is applied pigment.Can use such as the chemical compound of aminoacid such as lysine, polysiloxanes, lauroyl chemical compound, collagen, polyethylene, lecithin and ester oil and handle pigment.First-selected delustering agent is the pigment that organosilicon (polysiloxanes) is handled, for example the titanium dioxide of polysiloxanes processing.First-selection, the anatase titania that polysiloxanes is handled.The surface-treated effect is that hydrophobicity improves expectation, so that their in the oil phase of emulsion oil-in-water " wettable ".
The total concentration of inorganic delustering agent can be that about 0%-is about 3%, and preferably about 0.1-is about 2.5%, preferably about 0.25-2%. Cationic surfactant
Usually cationic surfactant is categorized as no lathering surfactant, if but they can negatively not influence the benefit of the needs of goods, can use it in the goods of the present invention.
The limiting examples that is used for the cationic surfactant of the present composition is disclosed in McCutcheon's Detergent and emulsifying agent, North America version (1986), Allured PublishingCorporation publishes; With McCutcheon's Functional mass, North America version (1992); Two documents all are incorporated herein by reference.
The limiting examples of useful here cationic surfactant includes the cation ammonium salt of following molecular formula:
Figure A0081793800671
Wherein, R 1Be selected from the alkyl that contains about 12~18 carbon atoms, perhaps contain aromatic group, aryl or the alkaryl of about 12~18 carbon atoms; R 2, R 3And R 4Want each since hydrogen, contain the alkyl of about 1~18 carbon atom or contain in aromatic group, aryl or the alkaryl of about 12~18 carbon atoms and select; X selects from the set that is made of chlorine, bromine, iodine, acetate, phosphate radical, nitrate anion, sulfate radical, methylsulfate, ethyl sulphate, tosylate, lactate, citrate, glycol acid radical and their mixture.In addition, alkyl also can contain ehter bond, perhaps hydroxyl or amino substituent group (for example, alkyl can contain Polyethylene Glycol and polypropylene glycol part).
More preferably, R 1It is an alkyl that contains about 12~18 carbon atoms; R 2From H or contain the alkyl of about 1~18 carbon atom and select; R 3And R 4From hydrogen, contain about 1~3 carbon atom alkyl and choose; X then as previously mentioned.
Most preferably, R 1It is an alkyl that contains about 12~18 carbon atoms; R 2, R 3And R 4From hydrogen, contain about 1~3 carbon atom alkyl and select; X then as previously mentioned.
As an alternate way, other useful cationic emulsifier comprises amino amides, R in the wherein above-mentioned structure 1Replace with R 5CO-(CH 2) n-, R wherein 5Be the alkyl that contains about 12~22 carbon atoms, n is an integer of about 2~6, an integer of preferably about 2~4, an integer of more preferably about 2~3.Nonrestrictive these cationic emulsifiers comprise the amino propyl chloride phosphoric acid of stearoyl PG-Dimethyl Ammonium, the amino propylthio diethyl phthalate of stearoyl ethyl Dimethyl Ammonium, amino propyl-dimethyl (myristyl acetic acid) ammonium chloride of stearoyl, the amino propyl-dimethyl cetearyl of stearoyl ammonium tosylate, the amino propyl-dimethyl ammonium chloride of stearoyl, the amino propyl-dimethyl DL-Lactic acid ammonium salt. of stearoyl and their mixture.
The several examples of nonrestrictive quaternary ammonium salt cationic emulsifying agent can be from by the cetyl chloride ammonium, the cetyl ammonium bromide, dodecyl chlorination ammonium, dodecyl bromination ammonium, stearyl chlorination ammonium, the stearyl ammonium bromide, hexadecyldimethyl benzyl ammonium ammonium chloride, the hexadecyldimethyl benzyl ammonium ammonium bromide, dodecyl dimethyl ammonium chloride, the dodecyl dimethyl ammonium bromide, the stearyl alkyl dimethyl ammonium chloride, stearyl dimethyl ammonium bromide, hexadecyltrimethylammonium chloride, cetyl trimethyl ammonium bromide, Dodecyl trimethyl ammonium chloride, Dodecyl trimethyl ammonium chloride, the stearyl trimethyl ammonium chloride, the stearyl trimethylammonium bromide, dodecyl dimethyl ammonium chloride, stearyl dimethyl cetyl two tallow base alkyl dimethyl ammonium chlorides, two _ cetyl chloride ammonium, two _ cetyl ammonium bromide, two _ dodecyl chlorination ammonium, two _ dodecyl bromination ammonium, two _ stearyl chlorination ammonium, the distearyl ammonium bromide, two _ cetyl ammonio methacrylate, two _ cetyl methyl ammonium bromide, two _ dodecyl methyl ammonium chloride, two _ dodecyl methyl ammonium bromide, the distearyl ammonio methacrylate, VARISOFT TA100, those examples of selecting in the set that distearyl methyl ammonium bromide and their mixture constitute.Other quaternary ammonium salt comprise those wherein C 12-C 22Alkyl carbon chain is deutero-by tallow fatty acid or fatty acid distribution of coconut oil.Wherein " tallow base " speech is meant one by containing C usually 16~C 18The deutero-alkyl of tallow fatty acid (the normally tallow fatty acid of hydrogenation) of the mixture of the alkyl in the scope, and " cocos nucifera oil " speech is meant by containing C usually 12-C 14The deutero-alkyl of fatty acid distribution of coconut oil of alkyl mixture.The example of the several quaternary ammonium salts that obtained by these tallows and cocos nucifera oil comprises two tallow base alkyl dimethyl ammonium chlorides, two tallow base dimethyl methyl ammonium sulfate, two (hydrogenation tallow base) alkyl dimethyl ammonium chloride, two (hydrogenation tallow) dimethyl ammonium acetate, two tallow dimethyl ammonium phosphate, two tallow dimethyl ammonium nitrates, two (cocos nucifera oil alkyl) alkyl dimethyl ammonium chloride, two (cocos nucifera oil alkyl) dimethyl ammonium bromide, tallow ammonium chloride, cocoyl ammonium chloride, the amino acid propyl PG-of stearoyl Dimethyl Ammonium, the amino propylthio diethyl phthalate of stearoyl ethyl Dimethyl Ammonium, amino propyl-dimethyl (myristyl acetic acid) ammonium chloride of stearoyl, the amino propyl-dimethyl cetearyl of stearoyl ammonium tosylate, the amino propyl-dimethyl ammonium chloride of stearoyl, select in the set that amino propyl-dimethyl DL-Lactic acid ammonium salt. of stearoyl and their mixture constitute.
The preferred cation surface-active substance can be selected from the set that is made of two _ dodecyl dimethyl ammonium chloride, VARISOFT TA100, two _ myristyl alkyl dimethyl ammonium chloride, VARISOFT TA100 and composition thereof. Chelating agen
Goods of the present invention can comprise the chelating agen or the chelating reagent of safe and effective amount." chelating agen " used herein or " chelating reagent " mean can be by forming coordination compound removes metal ion from system active agent, and metal ion just can not participate in or catalyzed chemical reaction easily like this.The adding of chelating reagent especially has ultraviolet infringement and the effect of other environmental factors to skin injury of preventing, ultraviolet can cause too much scale or skin histology to change.
In compositions of the present invention, add the chelating reagent of safe and effective consumption, preferably account for about 0.1% to about 10%, more preferably about 1% to about 5% of compositions.Be disclosed in the USP 5487884 of Bissett etc. at this available typical chelating agen, authorize day 1/30/96; The international application of Bush etc. discloses 91/16035, open day 10/31/95; Disclose 91/16034 with the international application of Bush etc., open day 10/31/95.The chelating agen that uses in the compositions of the present invention preferably furil-dioxime, furil-dioxime derivant, furil monoxime, furil monoxime derivant, and composition thereof.
Flavonoid
Goods of the present invention can randomly contain flavonoids.Flavonoid extensively is disclosed in US5686082 and 5686367, and they are incorporated herein for reference.Be applicable to that flavonoid of the present invention is a flavanone, is selected from unsubstituted flavanone, mono-substituted flavanone and composition thereof; Chalcone derivative is selected from unsubstituted chalcone derivative, mono-substituted, dibasic and trisubstituted chalcone derivative and composition thereof; Flavone, be selected from unsubstituted flavone, mono-substituted and dibasic flavone, and composition thereof; One or more isoflavone; Coumarin, be selected from unsubstituted coumarin, mono-substituted and dibasic coumarin, and composition thereof; Chromone, be selected from unsubstituted chromone, mono-substituted and dibasic chromone, and composition thereof; One or more dicoumarins; One or more 4-Chromanones; One or more benzodihydropyran alcohol (chromanol); Its isomer (as suitable/trans isomer); And composition thereof.Term " replacement " is reached the flavonoid that these substituent mixture replace independently by hydroxyl, C1-C8 alkyl, C1-C4 alkoxyl, O-glycosides etc. at one or more hydrogen atoms that this is meant flavonoid.
The example of the flavonoid that is fit to includes but not limited to unsubstituted flavanone; the monohydroxy flavanone is (as 2 '-hydroxyl flavanone; 6-hydroxyl flavanone; 7-hydroxyl flavanone etc.); the monoalkoxy flavanone is (as 5-methoxyl group flavanone; 6-methoxyl group flavanone; 7-methoxyl group flavanone; 4 '-methoxyl group flavanone etc.); unsubstituted chalcone derivative (especially unsubstituted trans chalcone derivative); the monohydroxy chalcone derivative is (as 2 '-hydroxy chalcone; 4 '-hydroxy chalcone etc.); the dihydroxy chalcone derivative is (as 2 '; 4-dihydroxy chalcone derivative; 2 '; 4 '-dihydroxy chalcone derivative; 2; 2 '-dihydroxy chalcone derivative; 2 '; 3-dihydroxy chalcone derivative; 2 '; 5 '-dihydroxy chalcone derivative etc.); with the trihydroxy chalcone derivative (as 2 '; 3 '; 4 '-trihydroxy chalcone derivative; 4; 2 '; 4 '-trihydroxy chalcone derivative; 2; 2 '; 4 '-trihydroxy chalcone derivative etc.); unsubstituted flavone; 7; 2 '-dihydroxyflavone; 3 '; 4 '-dihydroxy naphthlene flavone; 4 '-flavonol; 5; the 6-benzoflavone; with 7; the 8-benzoflavone; unsubstituted isoflavone; daidzein (7; 4 '-dihydroxy isoflavone); 5,7-dihydroxy-4 '-methoxyl group isoflavone; soybean isoflavone (the extraction mixture of Semen sojae atricolor); unsubstituted coumarin; 4 hydroxy coumarin; umbelliferone; the 6-hydroxy-4-methylcoumarin; unsubstituted chromone; the 3-formacyl chromone; 3-formoxyl-6-isopropyl chromone; unsubstituted dicoumarin; unsubstituted 4-Chromanone; unsubstituted benzodihydropyran-4-alcohol; and composition thereof.
Preferably unsubstituted here flavanone, methoxyl group flavanone, unsubstituted chalcone derivative, 2 '-4 dihydroxy chalcone derivative, and composition thereof.More preferably unsubstituted flavanone, unsubstituted chalcone derivative (especially transisomer), and composition thereof.
They can be synthetic or the extract that obtains from natural source (as plant).The natural source material also can be derived (as extract the ester or the ether derivant of back preparation from natural source).The flavonoids that is used for herein has multiple source to be purchased, as Indofine chemical company (Somerville, New Jersey), Steraloids company (Wilton, New Hampshire) and Aldrich chemical company (Milwaukee, Wisconsin).
Also can use the mixture of above-mentioned flavonoids.
Flavonoids described herein preferred concentration in the present invention is about 0.01% to about 20%, and more preferably from about 0.1% to about 10%, more preferred about 0.5% to about 5%. Sterol
Goods of the present invention can contain one or more sterol compounds of safe and effective amount.The example of the sterol compound that is suitable for comprises sitosterol, stigmasterol, campesterol, brassicasterol, lanosterol, 7-dehydrocholesterol and composition thereof.These chemical compounds can be synthetic source or come from natural origin, as the mixture that extracts from plant origin (as plant sterol). Anti-cellulite is knitted agent
The anti-cellulite that also contains safe and effective amount in the useful component of goods of the present invention is knitted agent.Suitable reagent includes but not limited to Xanthine compounds (as caffeine, theophylline, theobromine and amino bases). Skin whitener
Can contain skin whitener in the goods of the present invention.When using, compositions preferably contains about 0.1% to about 10%, more preferably about 0.2% to about skin whitener of 5%, equally preferably about 0.5% to about 2%.The suitable skin brightening agent comprises that those at material known in the art, comprise kojic acid, arbutin, ascorbic acid and derivant thereof, as other salt of magnesium ascorbyl phosphate or sodium ascorbyl phosphate or sodium ascorbyl phosphate.This skin whitener that is suitable for also comprise those in June 7 nineteen ninety-five the common co-pending application serial number 08/479 with the name application of Hillebrand, 935 (corresponding to PCT application US 95/07432, the applying date 6/12/95) and February 24 nineteen ninety-five with Kalla L Kvalnes, Mitchell A DeLong, Barton J Bradbury, the common co-pending application serial number 08/390 of the name application of Curtis B.Motley and John D Carter, 152 (corresponding to PCT application US 95/02809, the applying date 3/1/95, open day 9/8/95) the middle material of describing, these two pieces of articles are incorporated herein by reference. Binding agent
Goods of the present invention can not necessarily contain binding agent.Binding agent or jointing material are applicable between each layer with goods of the present invention sealed to each other, thereby keep the integrity of goods.Binding agent can be various forms, including, but not limited to jet fiber net (saray on web), independent stratum, bondable fibers or the like.Suitable binding agent can contain latex, polyamide, polyester, polyolefin and combination thereof. The suitable nonessential composition that is included in household care goods of the present invention (as hard-surface cleaning)
Organic cleaning solvent
The cleansing of the disposable product of the disclosure can contain one or more organic cleaning solvents of effective dose, usually be no less than about 0.25% of cleansing weight, and at least about, by preferred property incremental order about 0.5% and about 3.0%, and be not more than approximately, by preferred property incremental order about 7% and about 5%.
Cleaning of providing in the presence of the hydrophobicity cleaning solvent and/or moistening be not provided surfactant.But,, generally can further improve cleaning by using suitable organic cleaning solvent.Organic cleaning solvent is meant the reagent that helps the dirt that runs into usually in removal of surfactant dirt such as the bathroom.If desired, the organic cleaning solvent stability that also can participate in making up viscosity and increase compositions.When having solvent, contain C 8-16APG and C 8-14The compositions of alkyl ethoxylate also has a small amount of foaming.Therefore, can most of ground control foam type by controlling the content of hydrophobic solvent in prescription simply.
These solvents usually have the C that is connected to form one to three ethylene glycol or propylene glycol structure division 3-C 6The hydrocarbon end group is to provide suitable hydrophobic deg and surface activity preferably.The example of commercial commercially available hydrophobicity cleaning solvent based on the ethylene glycol chemical comprises monoethylene glycol n-hexyl ether (the Hexyl Cellosolve that comes from Union Carbide ).The example of commercial commercially available hydrophobicity cleaning solvent based on the propylene glycol chemical comprises two and tripropylene glycol derivant of propanol and butanols, can be from (the 3801West Chester Pike of Arco chemical company, Newtown Square, PA19073) and (the 1691 N.Swede Road of Dow Chemical Company, Midland is Michigan) with trade name Arcosolv And Dowanol Bought.
Within the scope of the invention, preferred solvent is selected from a propylene glycol one propyl ether, dipropylene glycol one propyl ether, a propylene glycol monobutyl ether, dipropylene glycol one propyl ether, dipropylene glycol monobutyl ether, tripropylene glycol monobutyl ether; Ethylene glycol monobutyl ether; Diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, ethylene glycol one hexyl ether and diethylene glycol one hexyl ether and composition thereof." butyl " comprises normal-butyl, isobutyl group and the tert-butyl group.One propylene glycol and a propylene glycol monobutyl ether are most preferred cleaning solvent, can trade name Dowanol DPnP With Dowanol DPnB Bought.Dipropylene glycol one tertbutyl ether is commercial can be from Arco chemical company with trade name Arcosolv PTB Bought.
The amount of organic cleaning solvent can change with the amount that is present in other composition in the compositions.The hydrophobicity cleaning solvent helps the cleaning that provides good usually, as the application in floor cleaner.
For the cleaning of enclosed space, solvent can cause forming the little spittle of not expecting that can suck, and therefore being used to handle these spatial composition/solution needs does not contain, more preferably do not contain fully these solvents substantially. Cosurfactant
The cleansing of goods of the present invention can comprise a spot of other anion and/or nonionic detergent surfactant.These anion surfactants usually have and contain about 8 carbon atoms to about 18, about 8 hydrophobic chains to about 16 carbon atoms preferably, and usually have sulfonate or carboxylate hydrophilic end group (head group).In general, the content in nonessential composition such as the anion surfactant compositions herein is about 0.01% to about 0.25%, more preferably about 0.01% to about 0.2%, most preferably about 0.01% to about 0.1% of cleansing weight.
In floor, sales counter and other surperficial range of application, the selection aspect that is chosen in kind and content of cosurfactant is all very important.Contain C 8-C 14In the cleansing of alkyl ethoxylate, find the C of low content 8Sulfonate can be by providing " tone mediation " improved effect final result.The tone mediation is meant the improvement for the outward appearance aspect of the final result that causes owing to cloudiness.If there is used C 8Sulfonate is preferably about 1: 10 to about 1: 1 with respect to the weight ratio of first type surface activating agent.C 8Sulfonate is commercial can be from Stepan with trade name Bio-Terge PAS-8 And from Witco company with trade name Witconate NAS-8 Bought.Being of value to famous " tone mediation " surfactant of another kind of the present invention is can be from the Poly-Tergent CS-1 of BASF purchase.If exist, used Poly-Tergent CS-1 is preferably about 1: 20 to about 1: 1 with respect to the weight ratio of first type surface activating agent.
Although less preferred and be generally very low content,, comprise C can use other surfactant 8-C 18Alkylsulfonate (from German Hoechst, Aktiengesellschaft, the Hostapur SAS of D6230Frankfurt ), C 10-C 14Straight or branched alkylbenzenesulfonate, C 9-C 15The alkyl ethoxy carboxylate cleansing surfactants is (from the Neodox of shell chemical company Surfactant), C 10-14Alkyl sulfate and ethoxy sulfate are (as the StepanolAM from Stepan ).Can advantageously use alkyl ethoxy carboxylate, in order to dissolving spice with utmost point low content (about 0.01% or lower).This active component that offers low content required for the present invention is the most effective as the household cleaning goods, is very important advantage.
Be applicable to that alternative nonionic cleansing surfactants herein is usually to have about 6 alkoxyl alcohols to about 16 carbon atoms on the hydrophobic alkyl chain of alcohol.Typical alkoxyl is the combination of propoxyl group or propoxyl group and ethyoxyl.Having that these chemical compounds of multiple chain length and degree of alkoxylation are commercial can be from Rhodia (P.O.Box 425 Cranberry, New Jersey 08512) with trade name Antarox Bought.Also can use the block copolymer of oxirane and expoxy propane, and can be from BASF with trade name Pluronic Bought.Be applicable to that herein preferred nonionic cleansing surfactants is according to general formula R (X) nH, wherein R has about 6 to about 16 carbon atoms, preferably about 8 to the also alkyl chain of 12 carbon atoms, and X is the mixture of propoxyl group or ethyoxyl and propoxyl group, and n is about 4 to about integer of 30, preferably about 5 to about 8.Spendable other ionic surfactant pack is drawn together the surfactant that comes from natural origin such as sugar, and comprises C 8-C 16N-alkyl glucose amide surfactant.If exist, the content that substitutes non-ionic surface active agent is about 0.01% to about 0.2%, more preferably about 0.01% to about 0.1% of cleansing weight. List or polycarboxylic acid
For removing the purpose of soap dirt and hard water stain, the cleansing of goods can be adjusted to acidity, its pH value is about 2 to about 5, more preferably about 3.By use pKa value less than about 5, preferably less than one or more organic acid of about 4, can reach acidity at least in part.If desired, these organic acid also help to form with multiviscosisty mutually, and provide the hard water stain to remove performance.Found that organic acid can promote good hard water to remove performance very effectively in compositions of the present invention inside.Also find lower pH value and use one or more suitable acid favourable for disinfective action.
The example of suitable monocarboxylic acid comprises acetic acid, hydroxyacetic acid or ethylene lactic acid or the like.Suitable polycarboxylic example comprises citric acid, tartaric acid, succinic acid, 1,3-propanedicarboxylic acid, adipic acid and composition thereof.These acid easily buy commercial.Preferred polycarboxylic acid, especially non-polymeric polycarboxylic example comprise that citric acid (can be from Aldrich company, 1001 West Saint Paul Avenue.Milwaukee, Wisconsin has bought), can be from E.I.Du Pont Company (Wilmington, Delaware) mixture of succinic acid, 1,3-propanedicarboxylic acid and the adipic acid of having bought with " purified AGS binary acid ", maleic acid (also can buy) and composition thereof from Aldrich.Citric acid is most preferred, particularly cleans the purposes of soap dirt for needs.The mixture of hydroxyacetic acid and adipic acid, 1,3-propanedicarboxylic acid, succinic acid is removed for hard water can provide more benefit.Content in the organic acid compositions herein is about 0.01% to about 1%, more preferably about 0.01% to about 0.5%, most preferably about 0.025% to about 0.25% of cleansing weight. The stink controlling agent
Can use cyclodextrin in the cleansing of the present invention.Term used herein " cyclodextrin " comprises any known cyclodextrin, as contains six to 12 glucose unitary unsubstituted ring dextrin, especially alpha-cyclodextrin, beta-schardinger dextrin-, gamma-cyclodextrin and/or its derivant and/or its mixture.Alpha-cyclodextrin is made up of six glucose unit, and beta-schardinger dextrin-is made up of seven glucose unit, and gamma-cyclodextrin is made up of eight glucose unit arranging with annular ring.Unitary special coupling of glucose and conformation make cyclodextrin have the rigidity of the inner hollow of designated volume, conical molecular structure.Formed " lining " of each inner cavity by hydrogen atom and glucosides bridge joint oxygen atom; Therefore, this surface is quite hydrophobic.Distinctive shape in hole and physical-chemical property can absorb cyclodextrin molecular to be fit to enter the organic molecule or the part organic molecule (forming inclusion complex with it) in hole.The molecule many odorous that includes stink molecule and savory molecule can be fit to this hole.Therefore, cyclodextrin, the mixture that especially has a cyclodextrin in different size hole can be used for controlling the abnormal smells from the patient that the organic odoriferous substance by the wide region that contains or do not contain reactive functional groups causes.Have water in the presence of, cyclodextrin and scent of are intermolecular, and complexation can promptly take place.But the complexation degree of formation is also wanted the polarity of apparent absorption molecule and is decided.In aqueous solution,, only partly absorb strongly hydrophilic molecule (for the molecule of highly-water-soluble) if having.Therefore, if they are present on the wet surface with low content, cyclodextrin not can with some very low-molecular-weight organic amines and acid complexation effectively.But when water was removed, after being dried as the surface, some low-molecular-weight organic amines and acid had higher affinity, can be more easily and the cyclodextrin complexation.
Hole in the cyclodextrin in the solution of the present invention should keep unfilled basically (cyclodextrin keeps not complexation) in solution, to make cyclodextrin absorb various scent molecules when being coated in solution on the surface.Can have content and be up under the room temperature non-deriving (normal chain) beta-schardinger dextrin-of its solubility limit of about 1.85%.It is not preferred that beta-schardinger dextrin-is higher than in the ultimate composition of its water solubility at the content that needs cyclodextrin.The non-beta-schardinger dextrin-of deriving usually is not preferred when composition contains surfactant, because it can influence the surface activity with the compatible most of preferred surfactants of cyclodextrin of deriving.
Preferably, aqueous cleaning composition of the present invention is clarifying.Ding Yi term " clarification " is meant transparently or translucent herein, is preferably transparently, is " clarification of water " when observing less than the layer of about 10cm by thickness.
The cyclodextrin of high water soluble is preferred for the present invention, for example alpha-cyclodextrin and/or its derivant, gamma-cyclodextrin and/or its derivant, derivatization beta-schardinger dextrin-, and/or their mixture.The derivant of cyclodextrin mainly is made of the molecule that some of them OH group is transformed into the OR group.Cyclodextrin derivative for example comprises the cyclodextrin with short-chain alkyl, and as methylated cyclodextrin and ethylated cyclodextrin, wherein R is methyl or ethyl; Cyclodextrin with hydroxy alkyl, as hydroxypropyl cyclodextrin and/or hydroxyethyl cyclodextrin, wherein R is-CH 2-CH (OH)-CH 3Or-CH 2CH 2-OH group; Branched cyclodextrin is as the cyclodextrin of maltose bonding; Cationic cyclodextrin, as contain the cyclodextrin of 2-hydroxyl-3-(dimethylamino) propyl ether, wherein R is CH 2-CH (OH)-CH 2-N (CH 3) 2, it is cation under low pH; Quaternary ammonium, as 2-hydroxyl-3-(trimethyl ammonium) propyl ether chloride group, wherein R is CH 2-CH (OH)-CH 2-N +(CH 3) 3Cl -The anionic cyclodextrin is as carboxymethyl cyclodextrin, cyclodextrin sulfo group butyl ether, cyclodextrin tetradecasulfate and cyclodextrin succinate; The both sexes cyclodextrin is as carboxymethyl/Quaternised ammonium cyclodextrin; Wherein at least one glucopyranose unit has the cyclodextrin of 3-6-dehydration-ring maltose structure, as list-3-6-cyclodextrin that dewaters, as " optimum performance with minimum chemical modification of cyclodextrin ", F.Diedaini-Pilard and B.Perly " the 7th international cyclodextrin symposium summary ", in April, 1994, disclosed in the 49th page, it is introduced here as a reference; And their mixture.Other cyclodextrin derivative is disclosed in US patent 3,426,011 (Parmerter etc., 1969.2.4 authorizes); 3,453,257,3,453,258,3,453,259 and 3,453,260 (they all belong to people such as Parmerter, and 1969.7.1 authorizes); 3,459,731 (people such as Gramera, 1969.8.5 authorizes); 3,553,191 (people such as Parmerter, 1971.1.5 authorizes); 3,565,887 (people such as Parmerter, 1971.2.23 authorizes); 4,535,152 (people such as Szejtli, 1985.8.13 authorizes); 4,616,008 (people such as Hirai, 1986.10.7 authorizes); 4,678,598 (people such as Ogino, 1987.7.7 authorizes); 4,638,058 (people such as Brandt, 1987.1.20 authorizes); With 4,746,734 (people such as Tsuchiyama, 1988.5.24 authorizes); 5,534,165 (people such as Pilosof, 1996.7.9 authorizes), above-mentioned whole patents are hereby incorporated by.
The water solubility of high water soluble cyclodextrin at room temperature is that dissolving is at least about 10g in the 100ml water, and dissolving is more preferably at room temperature dissolved at least about 25g in the 100ml water at least about 20g in the preferred 100ml water.Solubilize, the availability of the cyclodextrin of complexation is not important for carrying out ozone Control effectively.When depositing from the teeth outwards, solubilize, water soluble Beta-cyclodextrin have more effective ozone Control performance than water-insoluble cyclodextrin.
The example that is applicable to preferred water soluble cyclodextrin derivant herein is the hydroxypropyl alpha-cyclodextrin, the alpha-cyclodextrin that methylates, the beta-schardinger dextrin-that methylates, ethoxy beta-schardinger dextrin-and hydroxypropyl.The hydroxyalkyl cyclodextrin derivant preferably has about 1 to about substitution value of 14, more preferably about 1.5 to about 7, and wherein the sum of OR group is defined as substitution value in each cyclodextrin molecular.The methylated cyclodextrin derivant usually has about 1 to about substitution value of 18, preferably about 3 to about 16.The known beta-schardinger dextrin-that methylates is to be commonly referred to seven-2 of DIMEB, 6-two-O-methyl-beta-schardinger dextrin-, and wherein to have substitution value be about 2 methyl of about 14 in each glucose unit.Preferably, to be easier to from the beta-schardinger dextrin-that methylates of commercial acquisition be the random beta-schardinger dextrin-that methylates that is commonly referred to RAMEB, have to be generally about 12.6 different substitution value.Because DIMEB is bigger to the surface-active influence of preferred surfactants than RAMEB, RAMEB than DIMEB more preferably.Preferred cyclodextrin can have been bought from Cerestar company and Wacker chemistry (U.S.) company as the U.S..
It also is preferred using the mixture of cyclodextrin in cleansing.This mixture can by with have the more scent of molecular complex of the more wide region of the molecular size of wide region, absorb scent molecule more widely.Preferably to the small part cyclodextrin be alpha-cyclodextrin and/or its derivant, gamma-cyclodextrin and/or its derivant and/or the beta-schardinger dextrin-of deriving, it more preferably is the mixture of alpha-cyclodextrin or alpha-cyclodextrin derivant and the beta-schardinger dextrin-of deriving, even more preferably be alpha-cyclodextrin and the mixture of beta-schardinger dextrin-of deriving of deriving, be most preferably the mixture of hydroxypropyl alpha-cyclodextrin and hydroxypropyl, and/or the mixture of the methylate alpha-cyclodextrin and the beta-schardinger dextrin-that methylates.
In certain embodiments, cleansing preferably of the present invention contains the cyclodextrin of low content, does not have tangible residue like this under positive usual amounts.Preferably, in fact the cleansing that is used for treatment surface under service condition can not be distinguished when dry.Use the typical content of the cyclodextrin in the compositions to be about 0.01% to about 1%, preferably about 0.05% to about 0.75%, more preferably about 0.1% to about 0.5% of cleansing weight under the service condition.The one-tenth branch of high level stays unacceptable visible residue. Peroxide source
The cleansing of goods of the present invention can contain peroxide such as hydrogen peroxide or hydrogen peroxide source, sterilization further to be provided, to suppress fungus and mycocidal effect.The component of cleansing is compatible with the use of peroxide substantially.Preferred peroxide comprises benzoyl peroxide and hydrogen peroxide.These peroxide can be not necessarily is about 0.05% to be present in the compositions herein to about 1.5% to about 3%, most preferably about 0.2% to about 5%, more preferably about 0.1% with content.
When having peroxide, need provide stabilisation systems.Known suitable stabilisation systems.Preferred stabilisation systems by content be cleansing weight about 0.01% to about 0.5%, more preferably about 0.01% to about 0.25%, most preferably about 0.01% to about 0.1% free radical scavenger and/or metal-chelator are formed.The example of free radical scavenger comprises antioxidant such as propyl gallate, Yoshinox BHT (BHT), butylated hydroxyanisol (BHA) or the like.The example of suitable metal-chelator comprises diethylentriamine pentacetate, diethylenetriamine pentamethylene phosphate, ethoxy diphosphate or the like. Thickening polymer
The polymer of low content also can be used for multiviscosisty cleansing of the present invention.In general, the content of thickening polymer remains on low as far as possible, in order to avoid the final performance of overslaugh product.Xanthan gum is particularly preferred thickening agent, because of it can strengthen final properties especially when low content uses.The content that thickening polymer reagent exists is about 0.001% to about 0.1%, more preferably about 0.0025% to about 0.05%, most preferably about 0.005% to about 0.025% of cleansing weight. Aqueous solvent system
For aqueous cleansing contain composition weight at least about 80% aqueous solvent, more preferably contain and have an appointment 80% to the aqueous solvent that surpasses 99%.Aqueous ingredients is typically micellar form, and does not contain and can cause the swollen a large amount of water insoluble active ingredient of significant micelle.
Aqueous solvent system also can contain the low-molecular-weight that generally is present in the Cleasing compositions, the solvent of highly-water-soluble, as ethanol, isopropyl alcohol or the like.These solvents can be used for to otherwise provide antiseptic property for SA composition.In addition, they are particularly useful in the very low composition of the total content of spice.In fact, the high volatile volatile solvent can provide " lifting " and strengthen the performance of spice.If have the high volatile volatile solvent, its content is generally about 0.25% to about 5%, more preferably about 0.5% to about 3%, most preferably about 0.5% to about 2% of composition weight.The example of these solvents comprises methanol, ethanol, isopropyl alcohol, n-butyl alcohol, isobutanol, 2-butanols, amylalcohol, 2-methyl-1-butene alcohol, methoxyl group methanol, methyl cellosolve, methoxypropanol and composition thereof.
Cleansing of the present invention also can comprise other solvent, particularly can reduce foamy alkane and isoparaffin that this composition produces significantly. Foam inhibitor
Be applicable to that polysiloxanes foam inhibitor herein comprises any polysiloxanes and silicon dioxide-poly-mixture of siloxanes.Polysiloxanes usually can be represented by the alkylation silicone materials, and silicon dioxide uses with form in small, broken bits usually, can be by aerosil and xerogel and the representative of various hydrophobic silica.In industrial practice, term " polysiloxanes " has become the common name that comprises the many higher molecular weight polymer that contain siloxane unit and various alkyl.In fact, this area has been introduced polysiloxane compound widely, for example sees United States Patent (USP): US 4,076,648; US4,021,365; US 4,749, and 740; US 4,983, and 316 and European patent: EP 150,872; EP217,501 and EP 499,364, quote these all patents herein, as a reference.Preferably poly-diorganosiloxane is 5 * 10 as 25 ℃ of following viscosity -5m 2/ s is to 0.1m 2/ s, be n be 40 to 1500 numerical value have a unitary polydimethylsiloxane of trimethylsilyl end groups.These polysiloxanes are preferred because of its being easy to get property and lower price.
The polysiloxane compound that is applicable to the preferred type of cleansing herein contains above openly the alkylation siloxanes of type and the mixture of solid-state silicon dioxide.The silicon dioxide that solid-state silicon dioxide can be fumed silica, precipitated silica or prepares by the gel method of formation.Can make silica dioxide granule have hydrophobicity by on silicon dioxide or by the dialkyl group silicyl and/or the trialkylsilanyl of polyorganosiloxane resin bonding, it being handled with Direct Bonding.Preferred polysiloxane compound comprise particle diameter 10mm in the scope of 20mm, specific surface area is greater than 50m 2The hydrophobic silaneization of/g, the silicon dioxide of trimethyl silicone hydride most preferably.The suitable content that is used for the silicon dioxide that the polysiloxane compound of compositions of the present invention contains is 1 to 30% scope (more preferably being 2.0 to 15%) of polysiloxane compound gross weight, and the average viscosity that the polysiloxane compound that obtains has is 2 * 10 -4m 2/ s is to 1m 2In the scope of/s.The viscosity of preferred polysiloxane compound can be 5 * 10 -3m 2/ s is to 0.1m 2In the scope of/s.The viscosity of Shi Yi polysiloxane compound is 2 * 10 especially -2m 2/ s or 4.5 * 10 -2m 2/ s.
Be applicable to commercial can having bought of polysiloxane compound herein from each company that comprises Rhone Poulenc, Fueller and Dow Corning.The example that is used for polysiloxane compound herein be commercial all be Silicone DB from Dow Corning 100 and SiliconeEmulsion 2-3597 . Spice
Also can comprise one or more spice in the cleansing of the present invention.Spice used herein comprises main perfume composition that add because of the effect in its olfactory sensation, that receive an acclaim by use volatile organic solvent such as ethanol usually.
Most of hard surface cleaner products contain some spice abnormal smells from the patient pleasant in the olfactory sensation to be provided and to cover this product presumable " chemistry " abnormal smells from the patient.The major function of the fraction high volatile volatile in these spice, low boiling (having low boiling) perfume composition is to improve the aromatic odor of product itself, rather than influences the final abnormal smells from the patient on the surface that is cleaned.But some low volatilities, high boiling perfume composition can provide pure and fresh, clean impression to the surface, need these component depositions sometimes and be present in to do on the surface.
Spice is preferably water solublity is stronger and/or volatility is stronger spice and reduces to minimum so that stain and thin film are formed.Authorize the United States Patent (USP) the 5th of Michael on April 28th, 1992,108, introduce the spice that is applicable to herein in more detail in No. 660 the 8th hurdle the 48th to 68 row, the 9th hurdle the 1st to 68 row and the 10th hurdle the 1st to 24 row, quoted this patent, especially this concrete part, as a reference.
Fragrance component can be natural prodcuts, as essential oil, absolute oil, balsam, resin, coagulate fragrant body or the like, and/or synthetic perfume composition, as hydrocarbon, alcohol, aldehyde, ketone, ether, acid, acetal, ketal, nitrile or the like, comprise saturated and undersaturated chemical compound, aliphatic, isocyclic and heterocyclic chemical compound.The example of these fragrance components is: geraniol, geranyl acetate, linalool, linalyl acetate, tetrahydrolialool, citronellol, citronellyl acetate, dihydromyrcenol, acetic acid dihydromyrcene ester, terpinol, tirpinyl acetate, acetas, the 2-phenylethanol, acetic acid 2-phenethyl ester, benzyl alcohol, benzyl acetate, benzyl salicylate, benzyl benzoate, methyl phenyl carbinyl acetate, amyl salicylate, two menthyl phenylmethyl-carbinols, acetic acid trichloromethyl phenyl methyl ester, vertenex, isononyl acetate, α-n-pentyl cinnamic aldehyde, jasmonal H, 2-methyl-3-(to tert-butyl-phenyl) propionic aldehyde, 2-methyl-3 (p-isopropyl phenyl) propionic aldehyde, 3-(to tert-butyl-phenyl) propionic aldehyde, Tricyclodecenyl acetate, Cyclaprop, 4-(4-hydroxy-4-methyl phenyl)-3-cyclohexene carbaldehyde, 4-(4-methyl-3-pentenyl)-3-cyclohexene carbaldehyde, 4-acetoxy-3-amyl group Pentamethylene oxide., MDJ, 2-n-heptyl Ketocyclopentane, 3-methyl-2-amyl group Ketocyclopentane, n-capric aldehyde, n-dodecane aldehyde, 9-decenol-1, phenoxyethyl isobutanoate, hyacinthin, two menthyl acetals, hyacinthin two cetyl acetals, geranonitrile, 3,7-Dimethyl-6-octenenitrile, Cedryl acetate., the 3-Santalex, cedroxyde, the different ketone that comes into leaves, the anisaldehyde nitrile, anisaldehyde, heliotropine, coumarin, acetaminol, vanillin, diphenyl ether, hydroxycitronellal, ionone, the methyl ionone, different methyl ionone, irone, suitable-3-hexenol and its ester, the indane Moschus, the tetralin Moschus, isochroman musk, macrocyclic ketone, the macrolide Moschus, the astrotone ethyl, the aromatic nitro Moschus.Cleansing herein usually contains 0.1% to 2%, preferably 0.1% to 1% perfume composition or its mixture of cleansing weight.In containing the embodiment preferred of peroxide, must select spice so that it is compatible with oxidant.
In one embodiment, the perfume composition of cleansing is a hydrophobicity and high-volatile, is lower than about 260 ℃, is preferably lower than about 255 ℃, more preferably is lower than about 250 ℃ and ClogP and is at least about 3, is preferably more than about 3.1 even more preferably greater than about 3.2 component as boiling point.
The LogP of a lot of compositions is known; For example, just comprised among the Pomona92 data base of daylight Chemical Information System company (DaylightCIS) (Irvine, California) a lot, and the original of quoting.Yet it is most convenient that the LogP value is calculated by " CLOGP " program, and this program also derives from Daylight CIS.This program has also been listed experiment LogP value, and they can obtain from the Pomona92 data base." calculate 1ogP " (ClogP) be by the segmentation method of Hansch and Leo determine (referring to A.Leo, comprehensive pharmaceutical chemistry, the 4th volume, C.Hansch, P.G.Sammens, J.B.Taylor and C.A.Ramsden compile, p295, Pergamon Press, 1990, introduce here as a reference).Segmentation method is based on the chemical constitution of each fragrance component, and the quantity of consideration atom is connected and chemical bonding with type, atom.The ClogP value is the most reliable and the most widely used to estimating this physico-chemical property, and that preferably uses when the fragrance component of selecting the present invention to suit replaces testing the logP value.Other method that can be used for calculating ClogP comprises as the fragmentation method at the 21st page of (1987) disclosed Crippen of J.Chem.Inf.Comput.Sci. the 27th volume; Fragmentation method at the 163rd page of (1989) disclosed Viswanadhan of J.Chem.Inf.Comput.Sci. the 29th volume; And in the method for the 71st page of (1984) disclosed Broto of Eur.J.Med.Chem.-Chim.Theor. the 19th volume. Builder
Can be effectively also can be included in the cleansing as hard surface cleaner and builder with the performance that under critical content, reduces film forming/striped.Preferred builder be mentioned above disclosed as polycarboxylic part, comprise citric acid and tartaric carboxylic acid builder.Film forming/stripes problem that tartaric acid takes place in the time of can improving cleaning and can be added to builder in the hard surface cleaner usually reduces to minimum.
The content that builder exists is for providing washing aid performance and not being included in sour pH regulator content partly mentioned above, and usually the content of Cun Zaiing is about 0.01% to about 0.3%, more preferably about 0.005% to about 0.2%, most preferably about 0.05% to about 0.1% of cleansing weight. Buffer agent
The cleansing of goods of the present invention also can contain known other the various additives in Cleasing compositions field.Preferably do not use with the content that causes unacceptable film forming/striped.In this used, buffer agent was important a kind of additive.This mainly is owing to use the active component of low amount to cause.Ideal buffer system should keep pH value in the close limit of needs under the condition that does not cause striped/film forming problem.The preferred reducing agents of the scope of the invention is for high volatile volatile, in use still can provide the buffer agent of clean-up performance.Similarly, they use for the favourable higher content of buffer agent that is that also they can compare low volatility.These buffer agents tend to have low-molecular-weight, promptly are lower than about 150 gram/moles, and generally only contain and be no more than a hydroxyl.The example of preferred reducing agents comprises ammonia, carbinolamine, ethanolamine, 2-amino-2-methyl-1-propanol, 2-dimethylamino-2-methyl isophthalic acid-propanol, acetic acid, hydroxyacetic acid or the like.Most preferred in these is ammonia, 2-dimethylamino-2-methyl isophthalic acid-propanol and acetic acid.During use, the content that these buffer agents exist is about 0.005% to about 0.5%, for the higher content of the bigger chemical reagent of volatility more preferably.
Non-volatile buffer agent also can be used among the present invention.Because of it has enhancing striped/film forming tendency, these buffer agents must use with generally low than preferred content content.The example of these buffer agents is including, but not limited to sodium carbonate, potassium carbonate and potassium bicarbonate, 1,3-two (amino methyl) cyclohexane extraction, sodium citrate, citric acid, maleic acid, tartaric acid or the like.Maleic acid is difficult for causing that because of it damaged surfaces is preferred especially.Citric acid can provide bactericidal action also very desirable because of it as registered EPA active component.In addition, in containing the cleansing of hydrophilic polymer, found that acidity can promote better moistening and more persistent " film forming " effect is provided, when goods particularly of the present invention are used for daily shower and clean.During use, the content that non-volatile buffer agent exists is about 0.001% to about 0.05% of composition weight.
The non-limitative example of other additive is: enzyme, as protease; Hydrotropic solvent is as toluenesulfonic acid sodium salt, cumene sodium sulfonate and xylene monosulfonic acid potassium; Content is about 0.01% to about 0.5%, about 0.01% to about 0.1% the thickening agent that is different from hydrophilic polymer preferably; And if the composition of the enhancing aesthetic feeling that they can not have a negative impact to film forming/striped, as coloring agent. Antiseptic and antibacterial
Also can use antiseptic, at the goods that are used for the household care purposes, especially contain the essential antiseptic of many beneficiating ingredients of the goods of high-load water.Examples of preservatives comprises (211 Sanders Road of the U.S., Northbrook, Illinois) 2-bromo-2-nitro propylene glycol, the triocil of Chu Shouing by Angus chemical company.Other antiseptic comprise Kathon, 2-(methylol) ethylaminoethanol, propylene glycol, methylol Sodium Glycinate, formaldehyde and glutaraldehyde, two chloro-s-triazinetriones, three chloro-s-triazinetriones and comprise Quaternium 24, DDAC, C 12, C 14And C 16The quaternary ammonium salt of dimethyl benzene methyl.Preferred antiseptic comprises by Avicia chemistry (Wilmington, Delaware 19897) sell 1,2-benzene isothiazoline-3-ketone and polyhexamethylene biguanide and Aldrich-Sigma (1001 West Saint Panl Avenue, Milwaukee, WI 53233) two Chlorhexidine Diacetates sold, and the sodium pyrithione of selling by Arch chemistry (501 Merritt Seven, P.O.Box 5204, Norwalk CT 06856).During use, antiseptic preferably exists with about 0.0001% to about 0.01% content.These same antiseptic can be provided at lip-deep antibiotic control, but usually need use with about 0.005 to about 0.1% higher content.Can have other antibacterial that comprises quaternary ammonium salt, but with high-load, promptly to be present in the scope of the present invention greater than about 0.05% content be not preferred.Found that these chemical compounds understand the benefit of overslaugh preferred polymers usually.Especially, quaternary surfactant tends to the hydrophobically modified crust.Therefore, find that preferred polymer is invalid in containing the compositions of a large amount of quaternary surfactants.Use amphoteric surfactant, comprise that lauryl betaine also found identical result with the cocamidopropyl betanin.When existing, it is about 0.1% that the content of cation or amphoteric surfactant should be lower than, and is preferably lower than about 0.05%.Should avoid the antimicrobials/bactericides of using hydrophobicity bigger, as adjacent benzyl-parachlorophenol.If exist, the content of these materials should remain below about 0.05%. Be applicable to the supplementary element that is included in any goods of the present invention Extra play
In certain embodiments, goods of the present invention can contain people that this area has general technical ability and think independence and be different from one or more extra plays of laminate web.These extra plays can be by replenishing the effectiveness that affinity helps goods to goods.In the personal nursing scope, extra play is suitable for strengthening goods and the soft feeling to be cleaned and/or side that the conditioning zone contacts.Suitable extra play comprises the material of the suitable layer of above-mentioned any laminate web.
Non-woven fleece is for being applicable to preferred extra play of the present invention.The non-woven material that is made by the synthetic material that is suitable among the present invention also can obtain from many industrial sources.The non-limitative example of each of laminate web layer suitable material has HEF 40-047 herein, the water with holes that contains have an appointment 50% artificial silk and 50% polyester sprays the material of entwining, and basic weight is about every square yard (gsy) of 61 grams, can be from Veratec, Inc. (Walpole MA) obtains; HEF 140-102, the water with holes that contains have an appointment 50% artificial silk and 50% polyester sprays the material of entwining, and basic weight is about 67gsy, can be from Veratec, (Walpole MA) obtains Inc.; Novonet 149-616 contains the 100% polyacrylic heat bonding grid grain material of having an appointment, and basic weight is about 60gsy, can be from Veratec, and (Walpole MA) obtains Inc.; Novonet 149-801 contains the heat bonding grid grain material of 69% artificial silk of having an appointment, about 25% polypropylene and about 6% cotton, and basic weight is about 90gsy, can be from Veratec, and (Walpole MA) obtains Inc.; Novonet 149-191 contains the heat bonding grid grain material of 69% artificial silk of having an appointment, about 25% polypropylene and about 6% cotton, and basic weight is about 120gsy, can be from Veratec, and (Walpole MA) obtains Inc.; HEFNubtex 149-801, the fritter water with holes that contains 100% polyester of having an appointment sprays the material of entwining, and basic weight is about 84gsy, can be from Veratec, (Walpole MA) obtains Inc.; Keybak 951V contains the drying and moulding material with holes of 75% artificial silk of having an appointment, about 25% acrylic fiber, and basic weight is about 51gsy, can (New Brunswick NJ) obtains from Chicopee; Keybak 1368, contain the material with holes of 75% artificial silk of having an appointment, about 25% polyester, basic weight is about 47gsy, can (NewBrunswick NJ) obtains from Chicopee; Duralace 1236, the water with holes that contains 100% artificial silk of having an appointment sprays the material of entwining, and basic weight arrives about 138gsy for about 48gsy, can be from Chicopee (New Brunswick, NJ) acquisition; Duralace 5904, the water with holes that contains 100% polyester of having an appointment sprays the material of entwining, and basic weight arrives about 138gsy for about 48gsy, can be from Chicopee (New Brunswick, NJ) acquisition; Chicopee 5763, come from Chicopee, New Brunswick, the nonessential latex adhesive that contains 70% artificial silk of having an appointment, about 30% polyester and the highest about 5% w/w of NJ (acrylate or EVA base), basis weight are the combing water hole material (hole of per inch 8 * 6, every centimetre 3 * 2 hole) of about 60gsm to about 90gsm; Chicopee 9900 series are (as Chicopee9931,62gsm, 50/50 rayon/polyester, and Chicopee 9950,50gsm, 50/50 rayon/polyester), come from Chicopee, New Brunswick, NJ to contain by 50% artificial silk/50% polyester be about 36gsm to the combing water spray of the about 84gsm material of entwining to 0% artificial silk/100% polyester or fiber, basis weight that 100% artificial silk/0% polyester is formed; Sontara 8868, come from have an appointment containing of chemical company of Du Pont 50% cellulose and about 50% polyester, basis weight is sprayed the material of entwining for the water of about 72gsm.The basis weight of preferred non-woven-based layers material arrives about 96gsm for about 24gsm, more preferably for about 36gsm arrives about 84gsm, is most preferably about 42gsm to about 78gsm.
Extra play also can contain the polymeric mesh sponge of introducing just like among the European patent application EP 702550A1 that announces on March 27th, 1996, and integral body is quoted this patent as a reference herein.This polymeric mesh sponge contains the multilamellar of being made by the addition polymer of nylon or high-flexibility polymer such as olefinic monomer and polycarboxylic polyamide extrudes piped mesh fabric.
Extra play also can contain formed film and composite, promptly contains the multiple material of formed film.Preferably, this formed film contains skin is tended to softish plastics.Suitable soft Plastic Forming film is including, but not limited to polyolefin such as low density polyethylene (LDPE) (LDPE).Contain at extra play under the situation of Plastic Forming film, preferably this layer is foraminous, as macropore or micropore, this layer is a fluid permeable like this.In one embodiment, this layer contains the Plastic Forming film that has only micropore.In another embodiment, extra play contains the also eurypyloue Plastic Forming film of existing micropore.In these embodiments, if this microporous membrane has the sensation as fabric, this layer can suitably contact with the zone of to be cleaned and/or therapeutic treatment.Preferably, in this embodiment, the areal deformation of micropore is in the face of the areal deformation of macropore on the extra play.In this case, thereby it has been generally acknowledged that macropore passes through the three-dimensional thickness that the compression that continues in goods use and the areal deformation under the decompression form and produces foam, strengthened the moistening/foaming of the integral body of goods the biglyyest.
In any case the extra play that contains formed film preferably has at least about 100 holes/cm 2Hypothallus, at least 500 holes/cm more preferably 2, even more preferably at least about 1000 holes/cm 2, most preferably at least about 1500 holes/cm 2It is about 5cm that preferred embodiment of the present invention comprises water flux 3/ cm 2S is to about 70cm 3/ cm 2S, about 10cm more preferably 3/ cm 2S is to about 50cm 3/ cm 2S, about 15cm most preferably 3/ cm 2S is to about 40cm 3/ cm 2The nonwoven layers of s.
Be applicable to the formed film of nonwoven layers of the present invention and contain the formed film composite including, but not limited to United States Patent (USP) the 4th people such as mandate on August 3 nineteen eighty-two Radel, 342, the U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 08/326 of the common pending trial of common transfer that No. 314, June 12 nineteen ninety-five application, on January 11st, 1996 are announced, 571 and PCT application number US95/07435 and in December, 1986 United States Patent (USP) the 4th of authorizing people such as Curro on the 16th, 629, the material of introducing in No. 643, integral body is quoted each patent herein, as a reference.In addition, nonwoven layers can be contain at least one deck formed film and at least one deck be the formed film composite of vacuum-formed nonwoven layers.Suitable formed film composite is including, but not limited to by being that the carded polypropylene nonwoven layers of 30gsm makes up the vacuum lamination combined shaping membrane material that forms with formed film with basis weight.
The another kind of preferable material that is applicable to extra play is a cotton-wool.Preferably, this cotton-wool contains synthetic material.Be meant " synthesizing " used herein mainly from various artificial materials or the material that obtains from the natural material that has been further processed.Suitable synthetic material is including, but not limited to acetate fiber, acrylic fiber, cellulose ester fiber, modacrylic fiber, Fypro, polyester fiber, polyolefine fiber, vinal, rayon fiber, polyethylene, polyurethane foam and combination thereof.Preferred synthetic material, especially fiber can be selected from nylon fiber, rayon fiber, polyolefine fiber, polyester fiber and combination thereof.Preferred polyolefine fiber is the fiber that is selected from polyethylene, polypropylene, polybutene, polypenthylene and combination thereof and copolymer.Preferred polyolefine fiber is the fiber that is selected from polyethylene, polypropylene and combination thereof and copolymer.The preferred polyester fiber is the fiber that is selected from polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate, poly-cyclohexalene dimethyl terephthalate (DMT) and combination and copolymer.Preferred polyester fiber is the fiber that is selected from polyethylene terephthalate, polybutylene terephthalate and combination thereof and copolymer.Most preferred synthetic fibers comprise the solid polyester short fiber that contains polyethylene terephthalate homopolymer.Suitable synthetic material can comprise that solid-state one pack system (promptly chemically even) fiber, many structures divide fiber (i.e. the every kind of fiber that forms more than a kind of material) and multicomponent fibre (promptly comprise two or more different filament types, they tangle mutually and form the synthetic fibers of bigger fiber) and combination thereof.Preferred fiber comprises that bicomponent fibre, many structures divide fiber and combination thereof.These bicomponent fibres can have core-skin type configuration or parallel configuration.In either case, the fiber of the cotton-wool compositions that can contain the compositions of the fiber that comprises above-mentioned material or itself contain above-mentioned material.
For sheath core fiber, preferably sandwich layer contains and is selected from T gMaterial than high at least about 10 ℃ polyester, polyolefin and the combination thereof of skin material.On the contrary, the crust of bicomponent fibre preferably contains and is selected from T gMaterial than the low at least about 10 ℃ of polyolefin of core material and polyester polyolefin and combination thereof.
At parallel configuration, core-skin type configuration or solid-state one pack system configuration in any case, the fiber of cotton-wool can have spiral type or curled configuration, two-component-type fiber especially. Method, polishing/dedusting and the washing of cleaning, conditioning, supply cosmetic composition need the surface of this processing
The present invention relates to method with personal care product cleaning of the present invention and/or conditioning skin or hair.The invention still further relates to the method for cosmetic reagent being supplied with skin and/or hair.The invention still further relates to household and use, need the crust of this processing as polishing/dedusting or cleaning.Each of these methods may further comprise the steps: a) disposable product of not necessarily doing substantially with water-wet of the present invention and b) will need the surface of handling to contact with the goods of moistening in the mode of wiping or friction.
Embodiment
Following embodiment has further described and has illustrated the embodiment in the scope of the invention.In the following example, all the components is all listed with live vol.Just provide embodiment for illustrative purposes, should not be construed as restriction of the present invention, because, have many variations under the prerequisite of the spirit and scope of the present invention.
Composition is discerned by chemical name or CTFA name.I. cleansing Embodiment 1
The cleansing sample for preparing goods of the present invention in the following manner.
Scrape the bar shaped soap that contains following ingredients of 53.0gms:
Composition Weight %
The Cocyl hydroxyethyl sulfonate 27.77
Paraffin 16.72
Alkyl glycerol sodium sulfonate (AGS) 14.90
Soap 11.41
Glycerol 8.57
Water 5.50
Stearic acid 5.74
Hydroxyethyl sulfonate 3.04
NaCl 1.41
EDTA 0.10
Etidronic acid 0.10
Polyox 0.03
Spice 0.70
Other (comprising pigment) 4.01
Amount to 100
It is mixed with 37.0gms glycerol (99.7%), 9.5gms water and 0.5gms spice that the bar shaped soap is scraped bits.Under the continuous stirring with mixture heated to 200.Cold refining mixture on the standard three-roll mill, and cleansing is stored in the suitable seal container. Embodiment 2
The cleansing sample for preparing goods of the present invention in the following manner.
Scrape the bar shaped soap that contains following ingredients of 40.0gms:
Composition Weight %
Soda soap 52.40
Alkyl glycerol sodium sulfonate (AGS) 16.50
Magnesium soap 13.40
Glycerol 0.19
Water 5.50
Stearic acid 1.60
Hydroxyethyl sulfonate 3.00
NaCl 3.89
EDTA 0.10
Etidronic acid 0.10
Spice 0.70
Other (comprising pigment) 2.62
Amount to 100
It is mixed with 45.0gms glycerol (99.7%), 4.5gms water and 0.5gms spice that the bar shaped soap is scraped bits.Under the continuous stirring with mixture heated to 200.Cold refining mixture on the standard three-roll mill, and cleansing is stored in the suitable seal container. Embodiment 3
The powdery cleansing sample for preparing goods of the present invention in the following manner.
Scrape the bar shaped soap that contains following ingredients of 40.0gms:
Composition Weight %
Soap (magnesium salt and sodium salt) 80.16
Water 11.50
Stearic acid 5.70
NaCl 1.10
EDTA 0.25
Spice 1.15
Other (comprising pigment) 0.14
Amount to 100
Bar shaped soap thin slice is stored in the suitable seal container. Embodiment 4
The powdery cleansing sample for preparing goods of the present invention in the following manner.
Scrape the bar shaped soap that contains following ingredients of 40.0gms:
Composition Weight %
Soap (magnesium salt and sodium salt) 80.16
Water 11.50
Stearic acid 5.70
NaCl 1.10
EDTA 0.25
Spice 1.15
Other (comprising pigment) 0.14
Amount to 100
Bar shaped soap thin slice and sodium bicarbonate is mixed with 90: 10 weight ratio.On standard 3 roller mills, mixture is ground twice.The collection thin slice also is stored in the suitable seal container. Embodiment 5
The cleansing sample for preparing goods of the present invention in the following manner.Mixed 0.1% protease of the cleansing of embodiment 2 and bar shaped soap flake weight.Then, mixed 2% solid carbon dioxide colloid sodium carboxymethyl cellulose of mixture that obtains and cleansing weight, and grind.The cleansing that contains enzyme is stored in the suitable seal container. Embodiment 6
Preparation comprises the cleaning liquid composition sample of following component.
Composition Weight %
Cocos nucifera oil alkyl glycerol base sodium sulfonate (AGS) ????7.2
Ammonium lauryl sulfate (ALS) ????10.4
Alkyl Laurel ether sulfate (AE3S) ????10.4
Poly-(oxirane) (PolyOx WSR N-3000, Union Carbide) ????0.5
Xanthan gum ????1.4
Water ????70.1
Embodiment 7
The cleansing sample for preparing goods of the present invention in the following manner.The soap of 3 pounds embodiment 2 is scraped isopropyl alcohol (99%) heating of considering to be worth doing with 3/4 glass, melt up to soap.After the soap fusing, add remaining alcohol.Add 10 ounces of sucrose that are dissolved in the least possible water.4 soupspoon dyestuffs are sneaked in 8 ounces of glycerol.Add glycerol (99.7%).Stir.Continue heating, up to denseness part hardened material when dilute liquid becomes when mixing tool is poured out as the silk ribbon of line and drop on the cold surface.Mixture is poured in the proper container with sclerosis.This mixture has heating can melt the advantage of easily being processed into goods to allow again. Embodiment 8
Preparation comprises the adacrya cleaning liquid composition sample of following component.
Composition Weight %
Cocamido propyl betaine ????17.1
The tridecyl ether sodium sulfate ????8.3
POE 100 sorbitan monooleates ????7.5
Other (comprising spice, antiseptic, dyestuff) ????2.0
Water ????65.1
The characteristics of this compositions are that it is to skin and the non-stimulated characteristic of eyes. Embodiment 9
Preparation comprises the cleaning liquid composition sample of following component.
Composition Weight %
Polyquaternary amine
10 ????0.50
Lauroyl both sexes sodium acetate ????5.4
Laurel ether 3 sodium sulfate ????11.6
The EDTA disodium ????0.20
Two hydration sodium citrates ????0.50
Anhydrous citric acid ????1.0
PEG-6 caprylic/capric glyceride ????2.0
Coconut oleoyl amine MEA ????2.0
Glycerol ????3.5
MgSO4-7H2O (Epsom salt) ????1.5
Maleinization Oleum Glycines ????2.5
Deodorize Oleum Glycines ????5.0
Other (comprising spice, caustic alkali, coloring agent) ????1.5
Water ????62.8
This mixture uses very gentle to sensitive skin. Embodiment 10
Prepare cleaning liquid composition sample by mixed following component.
Composition Weight %
Polyquaternary amine
10 ????0.1
Sodium sulfate ????1.5
Lauryl alcohol ????0.3
The Laurel ether sodium sulfate ????5.8
Anhydrous citric acid ????0.2
Cocamido propyl betaine ????15.5
Sodium lauroyl sarcosine ????1.5
Other (comprising spice, blue colorant) ????1.0
Water ????74.1
Embodiment 11
Prepare the cleansing sample by mixed following component.
Composition Weight %
Decyl gathers glucose ????14.7
Cocamido propyl betaine ????14.7
Sodium lauroyl sarcosine ????14.7
Onamer M 0 ????1.1
Spice ????1.0
Titanium dioxide ????0.5
Sodium benzoate ????0.3
Citric acid ????0.3
The EDTA disodium ????0.1
Water ????52.6
Embodiment 12
Preparation comprises the cleansing sample of following component.
Composition Weight %
EGDS ????3.1
Cocamido propyl betaine ????4.0
TEA soap (molecular weight is about 330) ????9.5
Phosphoric acid one Arrcostab ????15.0
The cocos nucifera oil amine oxide ????7.5
1, the 2-propylene glycol ????1.0
Ethanol ????3.0
Other (spice, coloring agent, antiseptic) ????8.9
Water ????48.0
Under the continuous stirring,, lose its starting weight of 38% and have denseness as paste up to mixture mixture heated to 50 degree centigrade.This paste can easily be handled with basic unit easily, and does not need further drying. Embodiment 13
Preparation comprises the cleansing sample of following component.
Composition Weight %
SEFA *The Semen Gossypii acid esters ????57.5
Citric acid ????0.30
Cocamido propyl betaine ????3.5
Sodium lauroyl sarcosine ????10.7
Ethylene vinyl acetate polymer (Elvax 40W) ????8.0
Polysiloxane polymer microballon (Tospearly 145A) ????20.0
*SEFA is the abbreviation of fatty acid cane sugar ester
Mix down with high shear at 90 degrees centigrade, ethylene vinyl acetate polymer is fused in the SEFA Semen Gossypii acid esters.Add surfactant powder and citric acid and mixed.Add the polysiloxane polymer microballon, mix and be cooled to design temperature.Said composition can melt again and be easy to impregnated in or coating in basic unit. Embodiment 14
Preparation comprises the cleansing sample of following component.
Composition Weight %
Laurel ether-10 carboxylic acid sodium (Empicol CB5S *) ????50.0
C12-14,12EO alcohol ethoxylate (Empilan KB12 *) ????50.0
*From Albright ﹠amp; Wilson
The fusing alcohol ethoxylate.Be mixed into carboxylate up to evenly mixed.Then, cooling mixture is to solidify up to can be standby.Said composition can melt again and be easy to impregnated in or coating on fabric. Embodiment 15
Preparation comprises the cleansing sample of following component.
Composition Weight %
C16-18,150EO alcohol ethoxylate (Empilan KM50 *) ????22.0
Cocamido propyl betaine (Empigen BS) * ????20.0
MEA Laurel ether-3 ethoxy sulfate (Marlinat MEA) ????20.0
Anhydrous citric acid ????0.15
Sodium lauroyl sarcosine ????20.0
Propylene glycol ????17.85
*From Albright ﹠amp; Wilson
Mixture heated to 70 ℃, has denseness under the continuous stirring as paste up to it.Cooling is to solidify up to can be standby. Embodiment 16
Preparation comprises the cleansing sample of following component.
Composition Weight %
The lauroyl monosodium glutamate ????22.0
Cocamido propyl betaine ????2.0
Sodium chloride ????1.0
Glycerol ????2.5
Water ????72.5
Heating composition is up to evenly under the gentle agitation. Embodiment 17
Preparation comprises the cleansing sample of following component.
Composition Weight %
Triethanolamine ????2.9
Polyquaternary amine-39 ????0.1
Phosphate one lauryl ????4.0
The C12-C14N-methyl glucose amide 1 ????5.0
The cocamidopropyl propyl amide hydroxyl sulfo betaine 2 ????2.0
Sodium decyl sulfate ????0.5
Monohydrate potassium ????0.3
Spice, antiseptic and other ????4.0
Water ????81.2
1From Hoechst Celanese
2From Rhone Poulenc
Under 60 ℃, add at leisure in the following sequence component up to each components dissolved in water: TEA, lauryl phosphate, glucamide.Be cooled to 45 ℃ and add sulfobetaines, polyquaternary amine-39 and sulfate, as above stir.Add spice, antiseptic and cool to room temperature. Embodiment 18
Prepare the cleansing sample by mixed following component.
Composition Weight %
Lauroyl gathers glucose ????20.0
The cetyl trimethylammonium bromide ????4.0
Spice, antiseptic and other ????4.0
Water ????72.0
1Can buy with Plantaren 1200 from Henkel Embodiment 19
Prepare the cleansing sample by mixed following component.
Composition Weight %
Decyl gathers glucose ????14.8
Cocamido propyl betaine ????14.8
Sodium lauroyl sarcosine ????14.8
Butanediol ????3.6
PEG?14M ????1.8
Onamer M 0 ????0.9
The D-panthenol ????0.7
Phenyl phenol ????0.5
Benzyl alcohol ????0.5
Methyl parahydroxybenzoate ????0.45
Propyl p-hydroxybenzoate ????0.25
The EDTA disodium ????0.2
Water ????55.1
Embodiment 20
Prepare antibiotic cleaning composition sample by mixed following component.
Composition Weight %
Dimethyl polysiloxane ????0.5
Ammonium lauryl sulfate ????0.6
Glucopyrone ????2.27
Propylene glycol ????0.5
Triclosan ????0.15
Sodium benzoate ????0.2
EDTA four sodium ????0.1
Silicone polyether ????0.4
Spice ????0.03
SD alcohol 40 ????10
Sodium hydroxide ????0-2
Water In right amount to 100
Embodiment 21
Prepare antibiotic cleaning composition sample by mixed following component.
Composition Weight %
Dimethyl polysiloxane ????0.5
Ammonium lauryl sulfate ????0.6
Glucopyrone ????2.27
The PPG-15 stearyl ether ????0.5
Triclosan ????0.15
Sodium benzoate ????0.2
Dimethyl polysiloxane ????0.03
EDTA four sodium ????0.1
Sodium chloride ????0.4
SD alcohol 40 ????10
Sodium hydroxide ????0-2
Spice ????0.01
Water In right amount to 100
II. conditioning ingredients Embodiment 22-26
Prepare skin condition composition sample by mixed following component.
Composition Embodiment 22 Embodiment 23 Embodiment 24 Embodiment 25 Embodiment 26
SEFA *The Semen Gossypii acid esters ????48.0 ????75.0 ????33.5 ????40.0 ????80.0
SEFA *The docosane acid esters ????12.0 ????25.0 ????8.4 ????10.0 ????10.0
Vaseline ????10.0 ????- ????7.0 ????- ????-
Three docosane acid glycerides ????5.0 ????- ????3.5 ????- ????-
Stearyl alcohol ????- ????- ????- ????5.0 ????-
Paraffin ????- ????- ????- ????15.0 ????-
Cholesterol ester ????25.0 ????- ????17.5 ????- ????-
Ceresine ????- ????- ????- ????- ????10.0
Glycerol ????- ????- ????28.0 ????- ????-
The monostearate triglyceride ????- ????- ????1.9 ????- ????-
Two Palmic acids, ten glyceride ????- ????- ????0.2 ????- ????-
Nonyl phenol ????- ????- ????- ????30.0 ????-
Polyglycine ether 1
*SEFA is the abbreviation of fatty acid cane sugar ester
1Hamplex TNP, Hampshire chemical company Embodiment 27-31
Prepare skin condition composition sample by mixed following component.
Composition Embodiment 27 Embodiment 28 Embodiment 29 Embodiment 30 Embodiment 31
Vaseline (white) ????35.87 ????35.87 ????- ????- ????34.0
Mineral oil ????11.0 ????13.0 ????- ????- ????10.0
Jojoba oil ????- ????- ????- ????4.5
Oleum Ricini ????10.0 ????9.0 ????- ????-
Cocoa butter ????5.0
Two iso stearyl trimethyl propane siloxysilicate materials ????20.0 ????20.0 ????- ????-
Polydimethylsiloxane, the 500cSt fluid ????- ????- ????0.7 ????1.5
Decamethylcyclopentaandoxane ????- ????- ????- ????16.5
Octamethylcy-clotetrasiloxane ????- ????- ????- ????10.0
Polydimethylsiloxane glue ????- ????- ????5.9 ????7.5
Stearyl methyl polysiloxane wax ????- ????- ????- ????3.0
Polybutene ????- ????- ????- ????4.5
Candelilla wax ????4.6 ????4.6 ????- ????- ????6.0
Paraffin ????- ????- ????- ????15.0 ????2.0
Microwax ????- ????- ????- ????6.0 ????4.0
Cera Flava ????3.0 ????3.0 ????- ????- ????4.0
Ceresine ????6.0 ????6.0 ????- ????-
Brazil wax ????3.0 ????3.0 ????- ????-
Castor oil hydrogenated ????0.50 ????0.50 ????4.0 ????-
Silicon dioxide ????- ????- ????- ????4.5
Sodium silicate magnesium ????- ????- ????- ????1.5
Tocopherol ????0.03 ????0.03 ????- ????-
The cyclohexyl methyl polysiloxanes ????- ????- ????59.0 ????-
Stearyl alcohol ????- ????- ????25.5 ????- ????9.0
Spermol ????9.0
Tristerin ????- ????- ????2.6 ????-
The acetylation monoglyceryl ester ????15.0
Maleic acid two different stearyl esters 1 ????- ????- ????- ????6.0
Distearin ????- ????- ????- ????9.5
Glycerol ????- ????- ????- ????6.0
Water ????- ????- ????- ????3.0
The nonyl phenol polyglyceryl ether 2 ????- ????- ????5.0 ????-
Micronized titanium dioxide ????5.0 ????- ????-
Octyl methoxycinnamate ????5.0 ????- ????- ????-
Spice and other ????1.0 ????1.0 ????1.0 ????1.0 ????2.0
1Pact half acetylizad Myvacet 7-07 from Eastman chemical company
2Hamplex TNP from Hampshire chemical company Embodiment 32
Prepare skin condition composition sample by mixed following component.
Composition Embodiment 32
Poly decene 1 ????53.3
Stearyl alcohol ????7.7
The 12-hydroxy stearic acid ????13.5
Nonyl phenol polyglycine ether ????25.0
Octyl methoxycinnamate ????1.5
1Puresyn 3000 from Mobil chemical company Embodiment 33-35
Prepare skin condition composition sample by mixed following component.
Composition Embodiment 33 Embodiment 34 Embodiment 35
Glycerol ????95.0 ????95.0 ????94.0
Two Palmic acids, ten glyceride 1 ????5.0 ????1.0 ????5.0
Two behenic acids, ten glyceride ????4.0
Three docosane acid glycerides ????1.0
1Polyaldo 10-2-P from Lonza Embodiment 36-40
The conditioning ingredients sample for preparing goods of the present invention in the following manner.
Composition Embodiment 36 Embodiment 37 Embodiment 38 Embodiment 39 Embodiment 40
Hydrophobic phase:
SEFA *The Semen Gossypii acid esters ????4.65 ????4.65 ????15.5 ????15.5
SEFA *The docosane acid esters ????0.35 ????0.35 ????8.0 ????8.0
Three docosane acid glycerides ????6.0 ????6.0
Vaseline ????4.0 ????4.0 ????4.4
Cocoa butter ????15.5
C10-C30 cholesterol/lanosterol ester ????13.0 ????13.0
4-isostearic acid polyglycerol esters (with) the cetyl dimethyl polysiloxane (with) lauric acid hexyl ester 2 ????5.0 ????5.0
PEG 30 dimerization hydroxy stearic acid esters 3 ????3.0
Monostearate four glyceride ????2.1
Two Palmic acids, ten glyceride ????0.90
Ceresine ????5.5
Cera Flava ????7.0
Refined lecithin ????10.0
The 1-glyceryl monostearate ????10.0
Aqueous favoring:
Glycerol ????70.0 ????66.5 ????42.30 ????42.30 ????40.0
Water ????3.5 ????5.0
The PVM/MA decadiene crosslinked polymer 4 ????0.25 ????0.25
Sodium hydroxide (10% solution) ????0.25 ????0.25
Gelatin ????2.6
Viable skin nursing composition:
Panthenol ????20.0 ????10.0 ????2.50
Nicotiamide ????5.0 ????2.50 ????3.0
Carbamide ????5.0 ????2.50 ????2.50
Allantoin ????0.20 ????0.20
Acetamide oxypropyl trimethyl ammonium chloride ????2.0
*SEFA is the abbreviation of fatty acid cane sugar ester 1AMS-C30 from Dow Corning 2Abil WE-09 from Goldschmidt 3Arlacel P135 from ICI 4Method from 06 pair of all emulsion of Stabileze of ISP:
Hydrophobic heat phase to 70 ℃, add hydrophobic active skin nursing component, stir up to evenly.Premix hydrophilic phase components and hydrophilic active skin nursing component make its dissolving or dispersion if must leniently heat.These are added thin aqueous phase at leisure, continue to stir.Stir evenly (high-shear mixer, ultrasonic homogenizer or high pressure homogenisers are as the Microfluidizer from Microfluidics company).Be coated in immediately on the substrate surface or in ice or frozen water rapidly below the cool to room temperature.If need under blanket of nitrogen, be stored in the controlled environment on the chemical stability. Embodiment 41-45
With following component as preparation conditioning ingredients sample as described in the embodiment 36-40.
Composition Embodiment 41 Embodiment 42 Embodiment 43 Embodiment 44 Embodiment 45
Hydrophobic phase:
SEFA *The Semen Gossypii acid esters ????15.0 ????16.0
SEFA *The docosane acid esters ????7.5 ????4.0
Three docosane acid glycerides ????6.0
Vaseline ????4.0 ????4.0 ????4.4
Cocoa butter ????15.5
Poly decene 1 ????50.0 ????46.5
C10-C30 cholesterol/lanosterol ester ????13.0 ????10.5
PEG 30 dimerization hydroxy stearic acid esters ????3.0 ????3.0
Ceresine ????5.5
Cera Flava ????7.0
Aluminium hydroxystearate/magnesium in the mineral oil 2 ????7.5
C30-38 alkene/maleic acid isopropyl ester copolymer 3 ????2.5
Tissuemat E 4 ????1.0
Refined lecithin ????10.0
Spice and other ????1.0
The 1-glyceryl monostearate ????10.0
Aqueous favoring:
Glycerol ????30.0 ????25.0 ????34.80 ????20.0 ????38.0
Water ????8.0 ????8.0 ????5.0
PEG?2000 ????17.0
The PVM/MA decadiene crosslinked polymer ????0.25
Sodium hydroxide (10% solution) ????0.25
Gelatin ????9.50 ????9.50 ????2.6
Viable skin nursing composition:
Nicotiamide ????2.50
Menthol in 50% beta-schardinger dextrin- ????2.50
Ascorbic acid (natural) ????2.50
Tocopherol (natural) ????1.00 ????2.50
Sorbitol ????2.50
Lactic acid ????2.5
Carbamide ????2.50
Allantoin ????0.20
Triclosan ????1.50
Chlorhexidine (chlohexidine) ????0.50
Benzoyl peroxide ????5.0
15% salicylic acid in PPG 14 butyl ethers ????12.0
Salicylic acid ????2.5
1Puresyn 3000 from Mobil 2Gilugel from Giulini Chemie 3Performa 1608 from New Phase Technologies 4Performalene 400 from New Phase Technologies Embodiment 46-50
With following component as preparation conditioning ingredients sample as described in the embodiment 36-40.
Composition Embodiment 46 Embodiment 47 Embodiment 48 Embodiment 49 Embodiment 50
Hydrophobic phase:
SEFA *The Semen Gossypii acid esters ????20.5 ????15.5 ????16.0
Mineral oil ????7.50
SEFA *The docosane acid esters ????8.0 ????8.0 ????8.0
Three docosane acid glycerides ????9.5 ????6.0 ????6.0
Vaseline (white or extra white color) ????4.0 ????4.0 ????22.6 ????3.0 ????4.0
Candelilla wax ????4.50
Paraffin ????3.00 ????14.0
Microwax ????1.50
Cera Flava ????3.00
C10-C30 cholesterol/lanosterol ester ????18.0 ????13.0 ????13.0
Lauryl methyl polysiloxane polyhydric alcohol copolymer 1 ????5.0
The acetylation monoglyceryl ester 2 ????11.3
Stearyl alcohol ????6.8
Spermol ????6.8
PEG 30 dimerization hydroxy stearic acid esters ????4.5 ????3.0
Two Palmic acids, ten glyceride 3 ????0.90
Monostearate four glyceride ????2.10
Spice and other ????1.0 ????3.0 ????2.0
Aqueous favoring:
Glycerol ????22.8 ????27.5 ????25.0 ????38.0 ????41.0
Two Palmic acids, ten glyceride 3 ????2.5
The calcium silicates microsphere 4 ????15.0
Viable skin nursing composition:
Melon that hydroxypropyl-trimethyl ammonium chloride ????1.00
The chitosan glycolate ????2.50
Nicotiamide ????1.50 ????2.50 ????2.50
0.2% Carbopol 940 aqueous solutions, pH6.0 ????38.0
Retinol ????2.50
Phytantriol 5 ????1.00
Carbamide ????2.50 ????3.0 ????2.50
Vitamin C ????2.50
Borage oil ????2.50
Palmic acid resists bad blood ester ????1.50
Acetamide oxypropyl trimethyl ammonium chloride 6 ????2.50
1Dow Q2-5200 from Dow Corning 2Pact half acetylizad Myvacet 7-07 from Eastman chemical company 3Polyaldo 10-2-P from Lonza 4Celite C from Celite company 5Hydagen CMF from Henkel 6Incromectant AQ embodiment 47 from Croda: glycerol is added in the microsphere, be blended into then fusion fat mutually in, and cooling stores or is coated in the basic unit. Embodiment 51-56
With following component as preparation conditioning ingredients sample as described in the embodiment 36-40.
Composition Embodiment 51 Embodiment 52 Embodiment 53 Embodiment 54 Embodiment 55 Embodiment 56
Hydrophobic phase:
SEFA *The Semen Gossypii acid esters ????16.0 ????16.0 ????16.0 ????16.0 ????16.0 ????16.0
SEFA *The docosane acid esters ????8.0 ????8.0 ????8.0 ????8.0 ????8.0
Three docosane acid glycerides ????6.0 ????6.0 ????6.0 ????6.0 ????6.0 ????6.0
Vaseline (white or extra white color) ????4.0 ????4.0 ????4.0 ????4.0 ????4.0 ????4.0
C10-C30 cholesterol/lanosterol ester ????13.0 ????13.0 ????13.0 ????13.0 ????13.0 ????13.0
The stearyl dimethyl polysiloxane ????2.0
The dimethicone hydroxy stearic acid ester ????4.0
Dimethyl polysiloxane copolymerization docosane acid polyol ester ????2.0
PEG 30 2 multi-hydroxy stearic acid esters ????3.00 ????3.00
Sodium lauroyl glutamate ????2.00
Sodium stearoyl lactate ????2.00
Calcium stearate ????5.0
Two Palmic acids, ten glyceride ????0.90 ????0.90 ????0.90 ????0.90
Monostearate four glyceride ????2.10 ????2.10 ????2.10 ????2.10
Spice and other ????1.00 ????1.00 ????1.00 ????1.00 ????1.00 ????1.00
Aqueous favoring:
Glycerol ????44.5 ????42.5 ????35.5 ????35.5 ????25.0 ????43.0
Polyethylene imine based in 75% the water 1,pH6.5 ????4.50 ????4.50
Water ????2.0
Two Palmic acids, ten glyceride ????2.50 ????2.50
Fumed silica ????20.0
Propanediol alginate 2 ????2.0
Viable skin nursing composition:
Nicotiamide ????2.00 ????2.00
Chitosan ????1.50
Green tea extract ????4.50
Aloe gel ?????3.0
Vitamin C ????2.50
Palmic acid resists bad blood ester ????2.00 ????2.50
Acetamide oxypropyl trimethyl ammonium chloride ????2.00 ????2.00
1Epomin SP-018 from Nippon Shokubai company 2Kelcoloid from Kelco Embodiment 57-59
The conditioning ingredients sample for preparing goods of the present invention in the following manner.
Composition Embodiment 57 Embodiment 58 Embodiment 59
Hydrophobic phase:
Refined lecithin 1 ????15.4 ????10.3 ????10.8
Decane ????28.6 ????19.2 ????15.0
Mineral oil ????5.0
Tricontanyl?PVP 2 ????26.0
Stearyl alcohol ????13.0
The 12-hydroxy stearic acid ????19.4
Aqueous favoring:
Glycerol ????28.0 ????18.8 ????19.6
Propylene glycol ????28.0 ????18.8 ????19.6
Viable skin nursing composition:
Triclosan ????0.20
Salicylic acid ????0.40
Nicotiamide ????4.0
1Epikuron 200 from Lucas Meyer 2Ganex WP-660 from ISP
All the components is stirred in-rise, up to forming microemulsion.The skin nursing composition at first add approach most its solubility parameter mutually in.When adding wax, the fusing point of wax is just arrived in heating at leisure, is disperseed by stirring, and is coated in the basic unit or cool to room temperature and storage. Embodiment 60-62
The conditioning ingredients sample for preparing goods of the present invention in the following manner.
Composition Embodiment 60 Embodiment 61 Embodiment 62
Hydrophobic phase:
2-Methylpentadecane ????42.29 ????43.0 ????28.3
Dioctyl sodium sulphosuccinate 2 ????10.62 ????7.0 ????7.1
Aqueous favoring:
Glycerol ????35.17 ????19.0 ????23.6
Water ????11.72 ????19.0 ????7.8
Brazil wax ????29.0
Gelatin ????6.0
Viable skin nursing composition:
Triclosan ????0.20
Titanium dioxide, cosmetics-stage ????4.2
Titanium dioxide, micronized ????4.2
Salicylic acid ????1.8
1Epikuron 200 from Lucas Meyer 2Aerosol OT from Pfaltz and Bauer
The skin nursing composition at first add approach most its solubility parameter mutually in.Then, all the components is stirred in together, up to forming microemulsion.Coating is on substrate surface. Embodiment 63-68
The conditioning ingredients sample for preparing goods of the present invention in the following manner.
Composition Embodiment 63 Embodiment 64 Embodiment 65 Embodiment 66 Embodiment 67 Embodiment 68
The A part
Lauroyl ether sodium sulfate (SLES, the active component with 27% adds) ????15.0 ????6.51 ????6.20 ????5.9
Cocamido propyl betaine 1 ????13.5 ????5.85 ????5.57 ????5.82 ????5.19 ????5.3
Sodium lauroyl sarcosine 2 ????1.35 ????0.60 ????0.57 ????6.01 ????5.36 ????0.54
Decyl gathers glucose 3 ????5.80 ????5.18
Lauryl alcohol ????1.31 ????0.56 ????0.54 ????0.54
Polyethylene imine based 4 ????7.87 ????3.38 ????3.22 ????2.64 ????2.36 ????3.2
Citric acid (aqueous solution with 50% adds) ????0.32 ????0.11 ????0.11 ????0.09
EDTA four sodium ????0.28
Sulphuric acid ????5.4 ????2.37 ????2.25 ????2.2
Antiseptic, spice ????0.62 ????0.45 ????0.43 ????2.86 ????2.55 ????0.3
Sodium sulfate ????7.9 ????3.47 ????3.21 ????3.0
Glycerol ????26.45 ????56.7 ????46.4 ????44.1 ????39.36 ????44.8
Sorbitol ????5.0
SEFA *The Semen Gossypii acid esters ????12.8
SEFA *The docosane acid esters ????8.0
B moiety-polymer gellant
Gelatin ????4.2
Polyacrylamide and isoparaffin 5 ????7.5
Polyurethane rubber latex in 50% isopropyl alcohol 6 ????34.1
Acrylate copolymer 7 ????7.5
The polystyrolsulfon acid ester copolymer 8 ????1.1
The lactic acid chitosan ????5.4
C part-physics gellant
The 12-hydroxy stearic acid ????10.0 ????10.66
Stearyl alcohol ????10.0 ????20.0 ????20.0 ????7.11 ????15.0
*SEFA is the abbreviation of fatty acid cane sugar ester 1Tegobetaine F from Goldschmidt 2Hamposyl L-30 (721 type) from 31% active component of Hampshire chemical company 3Plantaren 2000NP from Henkel 4From the Epomin SP-018 of Nippon Shokubai company, molecular weight is about 1800 5Carbopol Ultrez from B.F.Goodrich 6From the Sancure 2710 of B.F.Goodrich, be prepared into the premix that contains 20% the polymer of having an appointment, 30% water, 50% IPA 7Sepigel 305 from Seppic company 8AQ38S from Eastman chemical company
When being heated to 65 ℃, stirring with the low speed paddle blade type mixer, mixed surfactant and aliphatic alcohol.Remove heating, be cooled to 65 ℃ when continuing to mix.Add cationic polymer and stir up to evenly.When stirring, add residual A part component at leisure.Stir evenly so that SEFA is separated into emulsion.Use the concentrated sulphuric acid titration, reach about 6.5 up to pH value.Basically do not have the water residue by the compositions of A part being layered in the dish and in temperature is no more than 65 ℃ the stove of suitable (vacuum or convection current), being dried to, prepare dry mixture.Mixed the polymer gel agent of A part component of doing and B part, heating makes its dissolving or dispersion.Mixed compositions that obtains and physics gellant.Heating makes the gellant fusing and is distributed in the compositions.Coating is on substrate surface or cool to room temperature and store. Embodiment 69-74
With the conditioning ingredients sample of following component as preparation goods of the present invention as described in the embodiment 63-68.
Composition Embodiment 69 Embodiment 70 Embodiment 71 Embodiment 72 Embodiment 73 Embodiment 74
The A part
Sodium lauroyl sarcosine 1 ????8.87 ????11.4 ????10.8 ????10.8
Polyethylene imine based 2 ????7.39 ????7.50 ????7.50 ????9.5 ????9.0 ????9.0
Water ????4.43 ????3.00 ????3.00 ????5.7 ????5.4 ????5.4
Sulphuric acid ????6.36 ????QS ????QS ????8.1 ????7.7 ????7.7
Spice, other
Glycerol ????34.45 ????52.5 ????45.0 ????41.3 ????39.25 ????34.25
Propylene glycol ????2.50
Carbamide ????2.50 ????2.50 ????2.0 ????1.9 ????1.9
Panthenol ????2.0 ????1.9 ????1.9
Nicotiamide ????2.50 ????2.50 ????2.0 ????1.9 ????1.9
Salicylic acid
Poly methyl silsesquioxane 3 ????4.20 ????4.20
Pearl mica ????3.85 ????3.85
Stearyl methyl polysiloxane wax ????5.0
SEFA Semen Gossypii acid esters ????5.0
Vaseline ????5.0
B moiety-polymer gellant
Gelatin ????0.1
Polyacrylamide and isoparaffin 4 ????16.0 ????12.0 ????12.0
C part-physics gellant
The 12-hydroxy stearic acid ????12.0 ????12.0 ????10.5
Brazil wax ????18.0 ????14.1 ????14.1
Stearyl alcohol ????8.0 ????8.0 ????7.0
1The Hamposyl L-95 that does from Hampshire chemical company 2From the Epomin SP-018 of Nippon Shokubai company, molecular weight is about 1800 3Tospearl 145A from Kobo company 4Sepigel 305 from Seppic company Embodiment 75-78
Preparation comprises the skin condition composition sample of following component.
Embodiment 75 Embodiment 76 Embodiment 77 Embodiment 78
Composition Weight %
SEFA *The Semen Gossypii acid esters ????62.0 ????52.0
Vaseline ????4.5
Stearyl alcohol ????4.0
Stearic acid ????3.0
Lanoline ????20.0 ????13.0
Ethylene vinyl acetate polymer 1 ????10.0 ????10.0
Poly decene 2 ????2.0 ????2.0
Sodium lauroyl sarcosine 3 ????25.0 ????3.00 ????3.0
Lauryl betaine 4 ????1.50 ????2.0
Lauroyl both sexes acetas 5 ????5.25
Laurel ether-3 sodium sulfate 6 ????10.5
Coconut oleoyl amine MEA 7 ????2.80
Sulphuric acid ????QS
Melon that hydroxypropyl-trimethyl ammonium chloride ????0.50 ????0.50
Cholesterol 8 ????9.0 ????1.0
Nonyl phenol polyglycine ether 9 ????5.0
Micronized titanium dioxide ????4.0
Octyl methoxycinnamate ????4.0
Nicotiamide ????2.5
Glycerol ????10.0 ????3.00
Water ????48.5 ????55.95
PEG 6 caprylic/capric glyceride ????3.40
Maleinization Oleum Glycines ????1.50
Oleum Glycines (deodorize) ????8.0
Palm kernel fatty acid ????2.60
Onamer M 0 ????0.40
Spice, antiseptic, other ????4.60
*SEFA is the abbreviation of fatty acid cane sugar ester 1Elvax 40W from Du Pont 2Puresyn 3000 from Mobil 3Hamposyl L95 (solid) or L30 (30% active component in the water) from the Hampshire chemistry
4From Albright ﹠amp; The Empigen BS98 of Wilson (80% betanin, 20% salt)
5From Albright ﹠amp; The Empigen CDL60 of Wilson
6From Albright ﹠amp; The Empicol ESC3 of Wilson
7From Albright ﹠amp; The Empilan CME/G of Wilson
8Super Hartolan from Croda
9Hamplex TNP from Hampshire chemical company
Fusing fat composition adds entry (as being suitable for) and diluent, adds surfactant and continues heated and stirred up to evenly.Cool to room temperature also adds skin care active agent and precipitant.With sulphuric acid pH value is adjusted to about 7.0.Spraying before packing, roll over, dipping or otherwise be applied in the basic unit and dry (if moisture). Embodiment 79-82
Preparation comprises the skin condition composition sample of following component.
Embodiment ????79 ????80 ????81 ????82
Composition Weight %
Nicotiamide ????2.0 ????4.0 ????6.0 ????2.0
Vitamin A propionate ????- ????0.2 ????- ????-
Panthenol ????1.0 ????2.0 ????0.5 ????0.5
Polyacrylamide and isoparaffin and Laurel ether-7 ????2.0 ????2.25 ????2.25 ????2.0
Glycerol ????5.0 ????3.0 ????7.0 ????12.0
Allantoin ????0.2 ????0.05 ????0.1 ????-
Aloe gel ????0.05 ????0.075 ????0.05 ????-
The acetic acid tocoretinate ????0.75 ????0.5 ????0.5 ????0.5
Spermol ????2.0 ????1.0 ????1.25 ????0.3
Stearyl alcohol ????2.0 ????1.0 ????1.25 ????0.5
Tadenan ????1.0 ????1.0 ????1.25 ????0.4
Dimethyl polysiloxane and dimethyl polysiloxane alcohol ????0.75 ????0.5 ????0.50 ????2.0
Stearyl ether-21 ????0.6 ????0.4 ????0.5 ????-
Stearyl ether-2 ????0.1 ????0.08 ????0.03 ????-
The cetearyl glucosides ????- ????- ????- ????0.5
The PPG-15 stearyl ether ????3.0 ????2.0 ????1.00 ????1.00
2-Methylpentadecane ????- ????7.0 ????5.0 ????5.4
Isononyl isononanoate ????5.0 ????- ????- ????-
SEFA Semen Gossypii acid esters ????- ????- ????- ????1.2
Dimethyl polysiloxane (350mm 2s -1) ????0.5 ????0.0 ????0.60 ????0.60
The EDTA disodium ????0.10 ????0.10 ????0.10 ????0.10
Nylon 12 1 ????1.5 ????1.0 ????1.1 ????2.0
Titanium dioxide (with) Muscovitum 2 ????0.75 ????1.5 ????1.25 ????0.25
Poly decene 3 ????0 ????0 ????0 ????0
Vaseline ????1.00 ????4.00 ????2.00 ????2.00
Deionized water, spice, antiseptic Be added to 100% Be added to 100% Be added to 100% Be added to 100%
Embodiment 83-86
Preparation comprises the skin condition composition sample of following component.
Embodiment ????83 ????84 ????85 ????86
Composition Weight %
Nicotiamide ????2.0 ????3.0 ????5.0 ????3.5
Vitamin A propionate ????0.28 ????0.10 ????0.28 ????0.28
Panthenol ????1.0 ????1.5 ????0.5 ????0.5
Polyacrylamide and isoparaffin and Laurel ether-7 ????2.0 ????2.25 ????2.25 ????2.0
Glycerol ????6.0 ????4.0 ????7.0 ????10.0
Allantoin ????0.10 ????0.10 ????0.10 ????-
Aloe ????0 ????0.03 ????0.07 ????-
The acetic acid tocoretinate ????0.50 ????1.25 ????0.50 ????0.50
Spermol ????0.75 ????1.0 ????1.25 ????0.5
Stearyl alcohol ????1.0 ????1.5 ????1.20 ????0.3
Tadenan ????1.00 ????1.50 ????1.25 ????0.4
Stearyl ether-2 ????0.05 ????0.05 ????0.05 ????-
Stearyl ether-21 ????0.40 ????0.45 ????0.50 ????-
The cetearyl glucosides ????- ????- ????- ????0.5
The PPG-15 stearyl ether ????3.0 ????2.0 ????1.00 ????1.00
2-Methylpentadecane ????5.0 ????7.0 ????- ????5.4
The isostearic acid isopropyl ester ????- ????- ????5.0 ????2.4
Isononyl isononanoate ????1.0 ????- ????- ????-
SEFA Semen Gossypii acid esters ????- ????- ????- ????1.2
The EDTA disodium ????0.10 ????0.10 ????0.10 ????0.10
Nylon 12 1 ????1.5 ????1.0 ????1.1 ????2.0
Titanium dioxide (with) Muscovitum 2 ????0.75 ????1.5 ????1.25 ????-
Poly decene 3 ????1.00 ????2.00 ????1.10 ????-
Vaseline ?????- ????- ????- ????2.0
Deionized water, spice, antiseptic Be added to 100% Be added to 100% Be added to 100% Be added to 100%
Embodiment 87-88
Preparation comprises the skin condition composition sample of following component.
Embodiment ????87 ????88
Composition Weight %
Nicotiamide ????2.0 ????3.5
Panthenol ????1.0 ????2.0
Polyacrylamide and isoparaffin and Laurel ether-7 ????2.25 ????2.75
Glycerol ????10.0 ????9.0
The acetic acid tocoretinate ????0.50 ????0.75
Spermol ????0.8 ????1.5
Stearyl alcohol ????0.6 ????1.0
The PEG-100 stearate ????0.1 ????0.1
Stearic acid ????0.1 ????0.1
Sucrose cocos nucifera oil acid esters and sorbitan stearate 4 ????1.0 ????1.0
Dimethyl polysiloxane and dimethyl polysiloxane alcohol ????2.0 ????4.0
2-Methylpentadecane ????3.0 ????2.0
The isostearic acid isopropyl ester ????1.5 ????1.0
SEFA Semen Gossypii acid esters ????0.5 ????1.0
The EDTA disodium ????0.10 ????0.10
Poly methyl silsesquioxane 5 ????0.5 ????1.0
Titanium dioxide ????0.2 ????0.6
Poly decene 3 ????1.0 ???-0
Vaseline ????- ????3.0
Deionized water, spice, antiseptic Be added to 100% Be added to 100%
1Orgasol 2002 D NAT COS 2Green interference pigment 3Silkflo 364 NF from BP Amoco 4Arlatone 2121 from ICI 5Tospearl 145a from GE Silicones Embodiment 89
By mixed following component, preparation is specially adapted to baby, the child who has just learnt to walk, child's skin condition composition sample.
Composition Weight %
Water ????74.810
The EDTA disodium ????0.100
SEPIGEL?305 ????1.200
Glycerol ????7.000
Montanov?68 ????0.500
2-Methylpentadecane ????5.400
Aethyl parabenum ????0.150
Propyl parabene ????0.070
Stearic acid ????0.100
The PEG-100 stearate ????0.100
Stearyl alcohol ????0.480
95% spermol ????0.320
Tadenan ????0.400
The isostearic acid isopropyl ester ????2.400
SEFA Semen Gossypii acid esters ????1.200
Nylon 12 ????1.000
Tospearl?145A ????0.250
The solution of sodium hydroxide-40% ????0.020
Benzyl alcohol ????0.250
Vaseline ????2.000
DC?1403 ????2.000
Spice ????0.250
III. cleansing Embodiment 90-91
By mixed following component, preparation is applicable to the cleansing sample of daily shower.
Embodiment 90 Embodiment 91
Composition Weight %
C 12-14Alkyl sodium sulfate ????0.20% ????-
The poly-Portugal of alkyl glycosides ????- ????0.25%
Poly-(4-vinylpridine N-oxide) polymer ????0.075% ????0.075%
Sodium carbonate ????0.015% ????-
Water Surplus Surplus
Spice ????- ????-
Embodiment 92-105
By mixed following component, preparation floor-cleaning composition sample.
??C 8-16APG ??Plantaren ????2000 ?C 10-16APG ?Plantaren ???1200 ??C 8-12APG?Akzo ????AG6210 ?C 11EO5 ?Neodol ?PVNO?Reilly The propoxyl group propanol
Weight %
Embodiment 92 ????0.06 ????- ????- ????- ????- ????-
Embodiment 93 ????0.06 ????- ????- ????- ????0.015 ????-
Embodiment 94 ????0.06 ????- ????- ????- ????0.015 ????2.0
Embodiment 95 ????- ????0.06 ????- ????- ????- ????-
Embodiment 96 ????0.06 ????0.015 ????-
Embodiment 97 ????- ????0.06 ????- ????- ????0.015 ????2.0
Embodiment 98 ????- ????- ????0.06 ????- ????- ????-
Embodiment 99 ????0.06 ????0.015 ????-
Embodiment 100 ????- ????- ????0.06 ????- ????0.015 ????2.0
Embodiment 101 ????- ????- ????- ????0.06 ????- ????-
Embodiment 102 ????0.06 ????0.015 ????-
Embodiment 103 ????- ????- ????- ????0.06 ????0.015 ????2.0
Embodiment 104 ????0.015 ????-
Embodiment 105 ????- ????- ????- ????- ????0.015 ????2.0
Annotate: the AF that all prescriptions among the embodiment 92-105 contain 0.015% Dow Corning presses down bubble Agent and 0.04% spice and balance of deionized water. Compositions: all raw materials are all available from commercial source.PVNO used in the foregoing description is made by Reilly industry, and its molecular weight is~20,000 gram/mole.Used surfactant is the C of commercial cosmetics-stage from Henkel 8-16The Plantaren 2000 of APG, the C of commercial cosmetics-stage from Henkel 10-16The Plantaren 1200 of APG.AG-6210 is commercial commercially available C from Akzo 8-12APG, Neodol C11 EO5 commercially commercially availablely contains alkyl and average chain length is the nonionic alkyl ethoxylate of about 11 carbon atoms of average per molecule and about 5 ethyoxyls.Used solvent is the propylene glycol propyl ether from SigmaAldrich. Embodiment 106-111
By mixed following component, prepare antibiotic hard-surface cleaning composition sample.
Embodiment 106 Embodiment 107 Embodiment 108 Embodiment 109 Embodiment 110 Embodiment 111
Composition Weight %
No. 1, organic acid 1 ????1.5 ????1.5 ????2.75 ????1.25 ????1.5 ????0.75
No. 1, surfactant 2 ????1.75 ????1.75 ????1.0 ????1.0 ????1.0 ????2.0
No. 1, solvent 3 ????0.5 ????0.5 ????- ????- ????0.5 ????0.5
Hydrotropic solvent 4 ????1.2 ????1.2 ????- ????0.45 ????1.20 ????1.2
Foam inhibitor 5 ????- ????0.0037 ????- ????0.0030 ????- ????-
Spice ????0.2 ????0.2 ????- ????0.20 ????0.20 ????0.2
Water Surplus Surplus Surplus Surplus Surplus Surplus
1Commercial citric acid from Cargill. 2Commercial from Vista chemical company commodity ALFONIC by name The nonionic alcohol ethoxylate surfactant of 810-6 Ethoxylated. 3Commercial butoxy propoxyl group propanol from the Dow chemistry. 4Commercial from Reutgers-Nease chemical company commodity NAXONATE by name The cumene sodium sulfonate of 45SC. 5Commercial polysiloxanes foam inhibitor from Dow Corning commodity DOW AF by name. Embodiment 112-115
By mixed following component, prepare antibiotic hard-surface cleaning composition sample.
Embodiment 112 Embodiment 113 Embodiment 114 Embodiment 115
Composition Weight %
No. 1, organic acid 6 ????1.5 ????1.5 ????- ????-
No. 2, organic acid 7 ????- ????- ????4.0 ????-
No. 3, organic acid 8 ????- ????- ????- ????3.0
No. 1, surfactant 9 ????- ????- ????1.0 ????1.5
No. 2, surfactant 10 ????0.4 ????1.0 ????- ????-
No. 2, solvent 11 ????9.4 ????9.4 ????- ????-
No. 3, solvent 13 ????0.55 ????0.55 ????- ????-
No. 4, solvent 13 ????0.55 ????0.55 ????- ????-
Spice ????0.075 ????0.75 ????- ????-
Water Surplus Surplus Surplus Surplus
6Commercial citric acid from Cargill. 7Commercial acetic acid from Aldrich. 8Commercial lactic acid from Aldrich 9Commercial from Vista chemical company commodity ALFONIC by name The nonionic alcohol ethoxylate surfactant of 810-6Ethoxylated. 10Commercial from Stepan company commodity NINOX by name Amine oxide (the C of X9336 12) surfactant. 11Commercial ethanol from Aldrich. 12Commercial glycol tertiary butyl ether from Aldrich. 13Commercial two (ethylene glycol) butyl ether from Aldrich. Embodiment A-E
Preparation is used for the cleansing by protecting band cleaning and refreshing fabrics.Mixed following component.
Embodiment A
Composition Weight %
Emulsifying agent (TWEEN 20) * 0.5
Spice 0.5
KATHON 0.0003
Sodium benzoate 0.1
Water Surplus
*From polyoxyethylene (20) the one lauric acid sorbitans of ICI Surfactants in addition, the preferred cleansing that is used for dryer is:
Composition Weight % Scope (weight %)
Water 99.0 ?95.1-99.9
Spice 0.5 ?0.05-1.5
Surfactant 0.5 ?0.05-2.0
Ethanol or isopropyl alcohol 0 Not necessarily to 4%
Solvent 0 Not necessarily to 4%
In addition, the preferred cleansing that is used for dryer is:
Embodiment B Embodiment C Embodiment D Embodiment E
Composition Weight %
Water 97.63 ?98.85 ?77.22 ?96.71
Spice 0 ?0.38 ?0.38 ?0
Surfactant 0.285 ?0 ?0 ?0.285
Solvent (as BPP) 2.0 ?0 ?0 ?2.0
KATHON 0.0003 ?0 ?0 ?0
Emulsifying agent (TWEEN 20) * 0 ?0.5 ?0.38 ?0
Amine oxide 0.0350 ?0 ?0 ?0.0350
MgCl 2 0.45 ?0 ?0 ?0
MgSO 4 0 ?0 ?0.058 ?0
Hydrogen peroxide 0 ?0 ?0 ?0.6
Citric acid 0 ?0 ?0 ?0.5
Proxel?GXL 0 ?0.8 ?0.8 ?0
Bardac?2250 0 ?0.2 ?0.2 ?0
1, the 2-propylene glycol 0 ?0 ?21.75 ?0
*Polyoxyethylene (20) one lauric acid sorbitan IV. cosmetic compositions from ICI Surfactants Embodiment 116
Preparation is applicable to be provided the anti-radiating cosmetic composition of UV of skin.
Embodiment 116
Composition Weight %
Aqueous favoring
Water 69.9
The D-panthenol 0.8
The EDTA disodium 0.1
Polyacrylamide and C 13-14Isoparaffin and Laurel ether-7 1.0
Hydrophobic phase
Octyl methoxycinnamate 7.5
2-Methylpentadecane 2.0
The dimethyl polysiloxane polyol copolymer 0.7
Stearyl ether-21 ?1.25
Stearyl ether-2 ?0.14
Stearyl alcohol 0.3
The phosphoric acid cetyl 0.14
Tadenan 65 0.4
The PVP eicosane 2.0
Tocopherol acetate 0.5
Spectroveil MOTG (zinc oxide) 8.4
Anticorrosion phase
Glycerol 3.0
Antiseptic 2.0
The dimethyl polysiloxane polyol copolymer 3.0
Water 1.0
15 carbon lactones 0.4
V. laminate web
As the typical laminate web that is applicable to goods of the present invention, represented the following example in the table 1.Because the selection and the combination thereof of outer and internal layer are actually infinite, the embodiment that expresses is for the possible structure of laminate web being described, not meaning that any specific material of qualification or structure.
Represented the combination of various materials in the table 1.Each layer with from a skin of laminate web to the structurally approaching serial number of another layer.Therefore, layer 1 is outer always, and the layer of numbering is similarly outer at last.
The Clopay formed film can be from Clopay, Cincinnati, and OH obtains." formed film " is meant by originating in and being extended in a fibroreticulate surface and ending at macroscopic view that the continuous capillary network of fibroreticulate opposed surface the forms three-dimensional Plasitc fibers net that expands with the form in hole.Authorize in August 3 nineteen eighty-two in people's such as Radel No. the 4th, 342,314, the United States Patent (USP) of common transfer and disclose this formed film.
The elastic forming film can be from Tredegar Film Products, Terre Haute, and IN obtains.As the U.S. Patent application S.N.08/816 with the common pending trial of common transfer that is entitled as " the porous extensible fleece of anti tear " of people's such as Curro name application in 14 days March in 1997 mentioned above, disclosed in 106, this film is the improvement to people such as above-mentioned Radel.Disclose in No. 106 patents of Curro usually patent with above-mentioned people such as Radel consistent, can be from the elasticized polymer fiber net of elastomeric material known in the art laminate that make, that can be polymeric material.Such laminate can prepare by elastomeric material and less the coextrusion of cortex of elasticity, and the part that closely contacts with health that can be used for absorbent garment is as the waistband portion and the bottom of s trouser leg.
Usually, can prepare the High Internal Phase Emulsion open-cell foam materials according to what told about in No. the 5th, 268,224, No. the 5th, 260,345, above-mentioned United States Patent (USP) and the United States Patent (USP).
BBA and Corovin/BBA adhesive-bonded fabric can be from BBA, Greenville, and SC obtains.
BOUNTY Napkin can be from P﹠G, Cincinnati, and OH obtains.
The 3M product can be from 3M, Minneapolis, and MN obtains.
For following material, basis weight is to restrain every square metre (gsm) expression.Low density polyethylene (LDPE) is expressed as " LDPE "; Polypropylene is expressed as " PP "; Polyethylene is expressed as " PE ".Spunbond being expressed as " SB ".Table 1: the embodiment that is applicable to the laminate web of goods of the present invention
Embodiment number Layer 1 Layer 2 Layer 3 Layer 4 Layer 5
????117 80/20 (PE/PP) 30gsm SB non-woven fleece is from BBA 23gsm PE shaping membrane is from Clopay 50/50 (PE/PP) 30gsm SB non-woven fleece is from BBA
????118 80/20 (PE/PP) 30gsm SB non-woven fleece is from BBA 42gsm BOUNTY Napkin 23gsm PE shaping membrane is from Clopay 50/50 (PE/PP) 30gsm SB non-woven fleece is from BBA
????119 80/20 (PE/PP) 30gsm SB non-woven fleece is from BBA 42gsm BOUNTY Napkin 25gsm PE shaping membrane is from Tredegar 80/20 (PE/PP) 30gsm SB non-woven fleece is from BBA
????120 30gsm LDPE SB non-woven fleece is from Corovin/BBA 88gsm elastic forming film is from Tredegar 42gsm BOUNTY Napkin 30gsm LDPE SB non-woven fleece is from Corovin/BBA
????121 80/20 (PE/PP) 30gsm SB non-woven fleece is from BBA 25gsm PE shaping membrane is from Tredegar The 25gsm shaping membrane is from Tredegar 80/20 (PE/PP) 30gsm SB non-woven fleece is from BBA
????122 50/50 (PE/PP) 30gsm SB non-woven fleece is from BBA 25gsm PE shaping membrane is from Tredegar The 25gsm shaping membrane is from Tredegar 50/50 (PE/PP) 30gsm SB non-woven fleece is from BBA
????123 50/50 (PE/PP) 30gsm SB non-woven fleece is from BBA The flat film of 25gsm PE is from Clopay The flat film of 25gsm PE is from Clopay 50/50 (PE/PP) 30gsm SB non-woven fleece is from BBA
????124 50/50 (PE/PP) 30gsm SB non-woven fleece is from BBA The flat film of 4mil PE is from Clopay 50/50 (PE/PP) 30gsm SB non-woven fleece is from BBA
V. goods of the present invention Embodiment 125
Prepare skin clean and conditioning product sample in the following manner.
By it is extruded along fibroreticulate center with single-step form continuously through coating head, the cleansing of embodiment 11 is applied in the one side of the laminate web of embodiment 117.Cleansing is extruded with the speed that generates 0.5 each finished product of gram.The skin condition composition of embodiment 23 is with the distance of distance cleansing 20mm, and the slit coating becomes two stripeds that 30mm is wide on the two sides of cleansing.The skin condition composition is kept in the hot tank, by suction through slit die with the speed coating that equals each finished product of 1.25g skin condition composition on the one side of laminate web.Fleece passes through cooling fan so that the conditioning ingredients on the article outer surface can promptly cool off.Fleece is cut into every rectangle goods for the band fillet of about 140mm * 105mm. Embodiment 126
Prepare the skin clean product sample in the following manner.
The laminate web of embodiment 120 is cut into the piece of 200mm * 200mm.With brush the cleansing of embodiment 19 is applied on the fleece, up to the cleansing that has applied 0.25g.Product dried and storage are used up to needs.These goods have the two sides, and one side is soft, and one side is more coarse to carry out deep clean. Embodiment 127-131
Skin condition composition with embodiment 36-40 prepares skin clean and conditioning product sample.
By it is extruded along fibroreticulate center with single-step form continuously through coating head, the cleansing of embodiment 11 is applied in the one side of the laminate web of embodiment 123.Cleansing is extruded with the speed that generates 0.5 each finished product of gram.Continuously air lay, second basic unit's fleece bulk, the low-density cotton-wool are fed on first basic unit, it is contacted with the layer that contains cleansing.Cotton-wool contains the mixture of bicomponent fibre of the same core-skin combination of the bicomponent fibre of the PET sandwich layer of PET fiber, 50% 3 daniers of 10% 15 daniers and PE crust and 40% 10 daniers, and its basis weight is every square metre (gsm) of about 50 grams.Fleece is fed to continuously the ultrasound wave jointing machine that can on seal on the fleece, comprise at interval uniformly by the pattern of the point of the abutment grid of 4mm diameter.The skin condition composition from hot tank by suction through slit die with speed (addition of about 13gsm) the slit coating that equals 0.25 each finished product of gram skin condition composition on the two sides of laminate web, and pass through cooling fan so that the conditioning ingredients on the article outer surface can promptly cool off.Slit coating storage tank is mixed continuously to keep the stability of emulsion.Fleece is cut into every rectangle goods for the band fillet of about 120mm * 160mm. Embodiment 132-136
Skin condition composition with embodiment 27-31 prepares skin clean and conditioning product sample respectively.
By it is extruded along fibroreticulate center with single-step form continuously through coating head, the cleansing of embodiment 11 is applied in the one side of the laminate web of embodiment 117.Cleansing is extruded with the speed that generates 0.5 each finished product of gram.Continuously second basic unit's fleece is fed on first basic unit, it is contacted with the layer that contains surfactant.Second basic unit be 50: 50 of knitting winding of the water of 50gsm from the artificial silk of Du Pont and the mixture of polyester.Fleece is fed to continuously the ultrasound wave jointing machine that can on seal on the fleece, comprise at interval uniformly by the pattern of the point of the abutment grid of 4mm diameter.The skin condition composition from hot tank by suction through slit die with speed (addition of about 13gsm) the slit coating that equals 0.25 each finished product of gram skin condition composition on the two sides of laminate web, and pass through cooling fan so that the composition on the article outer surface can promptly cool off.Slit coating storage tank is mixed continuously to keep the stability of emulsion.Fleece is cut into every rectangle goods for the band fillet of about 200mm * 130mm. Embodiment 137
The sample for preparing the skin clean goods in the following manner with the cleaning liquid composition of embodiment 8.
Partly be immersed in compositions by the basic unit that 150mm is taken advantage of 115mm and increase about 8 grams up to its weight in bathing, the cleaning liquid composition is applied in first basic unit.Basic unit is for containing the cotton-wool that polyester fiber and basis weight are the air-flow joint of about 100 grams every square metre (gsm).With basic unit's drying.Placing on first basic unit for of second basic unit of the laminate web of embodiment 119.Second the laminate web of embodiment 119 places on first basic unit.With comprising on seal on the goods that at interval uniformly the ultrasound wave jointing machine by the pattern of the point of the abutment grid of 4mm diameter is bonded together basic unit.The rectangle goods that 140mm takes advantage of the band fillet of 105mm are cut in basic unit. Embodiment 138-141
Laminate web with embodiment 118,119,121 and 122 prepares the cleaning article sample in the following manner respectively.
By it is extruded with the form of four lines of interval 20mm distance continuously through coating head, the cleansing of embodiment 11 is applied in the one side of first basic unit.Cleansing is extruded with the speed that generates 4.4 each finished product of gram cleansing.Basic unit is air lay, bulk, the low-density cotton-wool of mixture of bicomponent fibre of the same core-skin combination of the bicomponent fibre of the PET sandwich layer of the PET fiber that contains 30% 15 daniers, 35% 3 daniers and PE crust and 35% 10 daniers, and its basis weight is every square metre (gsm) of about 85 grams.For second basic unit's fleece of laminate web is fed on first basic unit continuously, it is contacted with the layer that contains surfactant.Fleece is fed to continuously the ultrasound wave jointing machine that can on seal on the fleece, comprise at interval uniformly by the pattern of the point of the abutment grid of 4mm diameter.Fleece is cut into every rectangle goods for the band fillet of about 120mm * 160mm. Embodiment 142-146
Skin condition composition with embodiment 22-26 prepares cleaning and conditioning product sample in the following manner.
By with its through coating head continuously with along fibroreticulate cross measure at interval the form of four lines of 20mm distance extrude, the cleansing of embodiment 11 is applied in the one side of first basic unit.Cleansing is extruded with the speed that generates 4.4 each finished product of gram cleansing.Basic unit is air lay, bulk, the low-density cotton-wool of mixture of bicomponent fibre of the same core-skin combination of the bicomponent fibre of the PET sandwich layer of the PET fiber that contains 30% 15 daniers, 35% 3 daniers and PE crust and 35% 10 daniers, and its basis weight is every square metre (gsm) of about 85 grams.Second basic unit is fed on first basic unit continuously, it is contacted with the layer that contains surfactant.This second basic unit is identical with first basic unit.The 3rd basic unit's fleece that is the laminate web of embodiment 119 is fed on second basic unit continuously, it is contacted with second basic unit.Fleece is fed to continuously the ultrasound wave jointing machine that can on seal on the fleece, comprise at interval uniformly by the pattern of the point of the abutment grid of 4mm diameter.The skin condition composition is coated on the fibroreticulate two sides with the speed point that equals 2 each finished product of gram skin condition composition through extruding shower nozzle by suction from hot tank.Component distributing contains the point that have an appointment 0.1g conditioning ingredients and diameter are about 4mm, are arranged in some junction points in each.Goods pass through cooling fan so that the conditioning ingredients on the article outer surface can promptly cool off.Fleece is cut into every rectangle goods for the band fillet of about 140mm * 105mm. Embodiment 147-151
Skin condition composition with embodiment 41-45 prepares cleaning and conditioning product sample in the following manner.
By it is extruded with the form of four lines of interval 20mm distance continuously through coating head, the cleansing of embodiment 11 is applied in the one side of first basic unit.Cleansing is extruded with the speed that generates 4.0 each finished product of gram cleansing.Basic unit is air lay, bulk, the low-density cotton-wool of mixture of bicomponent fibre of the same core-skin combination of the bicomponent fibre of the PET sandwich layer of the PET fiber that contains 30% 15 daniers, 35% 3 daniers and PE crust and 35% 10 daniers, and its basis weight is every square metre (gsm) of about 85 grams.Second basic unit is fed on first basic unit continuously, it is contacted with the layer that contains surfactant.This second basic unit is identical with first basic unit.The 3rd basic unit's fleece that is the laminate web of embodiment 117 is fed on second basic unit continuously, it is contacted with second basic unit.Fleece is fed to continuously the ultrasound wave jointing machine that can on seal on the fleece, comprise at interval uniformly by the pattern of the point of the abutment grid of 4mm diameter.The skin condition composition is coated on the laminate web with the speed point that equals 2 each finished product of gram skin condition composition through extruding shower nozzle by suction from hot tank.Conditioning ingredients is distributed in each and contains the point that have an appointment 0.1g composition and diameter are about 4mm, are arranged in some junction points.Goods pass through cooling fan so that the composition on the article outer surface can promptly cool off.Fleece is cut into every rectangle goods for the band fillet of about 140mm * 105mm. Embodiment 152-154
Skin condition composition with embodiment 57-59 prepares skin clean and conditioning product sample in the following manner.
By it is extruded with the form of four lines of interval 20mm distance continuously through coating head, the cleansing of embodiment 12 is applied in the one side of first basic unit.Cleansing is extruded with the speed that generates 4.0 each finished product of gram cleansing.Basic unit is air lay, bulk, the low-density cotton-wool of mixture of bicomponent fibre of the same core-skin combination of the bicomponent fibre of the PET sandwich layer of the PET fiber that contains 30% 15 daniers, 35% 3 daniers and PE crust and 35% 10 daniers, and its basis weight is every square metre (gsm) of about 85 grams.Second basic unit is fed on first basic unit continuously, it is contacted with the fleece that contains cleansing.This second basic unit is identical with first basic unit.The 3rd basic unit's fleece that is the laminate web of embodiment 118 is fed on second basic unit continuously, it is contacted with second basic unit.Fleece is fed to continuously the ultrasound wave jointing machine that can on seal on the fleece, comprise at interval uniformly by the pattern of the point of the abutment grid of 4mm diameter.The skin condition composition from hot tank by suction through slit die with speed (addition of the about 68gsm) slot coated that equal 2 each finished product of gram skin condition composition on the fibroreticulate two sides of basic unit, and pass through cooling fan so that the composition on the article outer surface promptly cools off.Goods pass through cooling fan so that the composition on the article outer surface can promptly cool off.Fleece is cut into every rectangle goods for the band fillet of about 140mm * 105mm. Embodiment 155-156
Conditioning ingredients preparation cleaning and conditioning product sample with embodiment 29-30.
By it is extruded with the form that the interval along fibroreticulate cross measure is respectively four lines of 20mm, 40mm and 20mm distance continuously through coating head, all form the pair of parallel line at fibroreticulate each face, the cleansing of embodiment 12 is applied in the one side of first basic unit.Cleansing is extruded with the speed that generates 4.4 each finished product of gram cleansing.Basic unit is the air lay that contains the polyester fiber of 10 daniers, bulk, low-density cotton-wool, and its basis weight is every square metre (gsm) of about 100 grams.Second basic unit is fed on first basic unit continuously, it is contacted with the layer that contains surfactant.This second basic unit is the laminate web of embodiment 123.Fleece is fed to continuously the ultrasound wave jointing machine that can on seal on the fleece, comprise at interval uniformly by the pattern of the point of the abutment grid of 4mm diameter.Fleece is cut into the rectangle of the band fillet of 120mm * 160mm.2g skin condition composition is applied on the goods on the laminate web.With pipette the form of composition with hot liquid (60-70 ℃) is applied on the goods, coating is the point of about 4mm diameter like this.Each point contains the 0.1g compositions of having an appointment, and these points are positioned on some abutments. Embodiment 157-159
Cleansing with embodiment 1,2 and 5 prepares skin clean and conditioning product sample in the following manner.
8 gram cleansings are applied in permeable, fusile fibroreticulate one side, but this fleece contains and is forming about 10 inches low melting point thermal welding fibers of taking advantage of orthogonal four quadrant places of 12 inches, leave between edge and quadrant distance with do not having surfactant in the presence of each layer of welding.The porous fiber net is usually can be from fibrous low density polyethylene (LDPE) (LDPE or the LLDPE) material of clothing supplier purchase.The polyester cotton-wool that is cut into 4 ounce per square yard of the same size of fleece is placed on the fusible fibers net.The basis weight of polyester cotton-wool is 4 oz/yd 2, contain Textiles, Cincinnati, the about 30 microns bonding polyester fiber of average diameter of OH as Mountain Mist ExtraHeavy Batting#205 from Stearns.The laminate web of embodiment 123 is placed on the fusible fibers net.By using pressing plate thermal bonding device as from Sencorp, Hyannis, the welding mould that the Sentinel 808 type hot melts of MA are met sb. at the airport, under enough temperature and pressures, make cotton-wool fusing and flow into ground floor thereby form suitable welding, each layer is welded together formation rectangle pane shape, and welding 6-10 is promptly enough second under about 300 usually temperature and the machine pressure of 30psi.Welding is successive in edge, and the wide independent pane horizontal line of 2mm of all having an appointment on each X-and Y-direction.After the cooling, the skin condition composition of 3 gram embodiment 22 has been applied on the one side of finished product.Conditioning ingredients applies with extruding shower nozzle with the form of hot liquid (70-80 ℃), and coating is the form of the point of about 7mm diameter like this.Each point contains the conditioning ingredients of the 0.3g that has an appointment.With goods finishing and fillet, and store up to use. Embodiment 160-163
Hot melt cleansing with embodiment 7,13,14 and 15 prepares skin clean and conditioning product sample in the following manner.
By with the speed of 80gsm with composition equably the slit coating on fleece, the hot melt cleansing is added in the fleece continuously.Fleece is the cotton-wool of bulk, air lay of mixture of bicomponent fibre of the same core-skin combination of the bicomponent fibre of the PET sandwich layer of the polyester fiber that contains 40% 15 daniers, 30% 3 daniers and PE crust and 30% 10 daniers, and its basis weight is every square metre (gsm) of about 85 grams.Second basic unit is fed on first basic unit continuously, it is contacted with the layer that contains surfactant.This second basic unit is the laminate web of embodiment 120.Fleece is fed to continuously the ultrasound wave jointing machine that can on seal on the fleece, comprise at interval uniformly by the pattern of the point of the abutment grid of 4mm diameter.By conditioning ingredients with the speed point coating of each finished product of 3g on the two sides of goods, the skin condition composition of embodiment 26 is added in the fleece.Composition and diameter that each point contains the 0.1g that has an appointment are about 5mm, and the point of conditioning ingredients forms a fritter at the center that is positioned at finished product together.Laminate web is cut into the rectangle of the band fillet of about 120mm * 160mm. Embodiment 164
Prepare the skin clean product sample in the following manner.
By with its through coating head continuously with along fibroreticulate cross measure at interval the form of four lines of 20mm distance extrude, the cleansing of embodiment 11 is applied in the one side of first basic unit.Cleansing is extruded with the speed that generates 4.0 each finished product of gram cleansing.Basic unit is air lay, bulk, the low-density cotton-wool of mixture of bicomponent fibre of the same core-skin combination of the bicomponent fibre of the PET sandwich layer of the PET fiber that contains 30% 15 daniers, 35% 3 daniers and PE crust and 35% 10 daniers, and its basis weight is every square metre (gsm) of about 85 grams.Second basic unit is fed on first basic unit continuously, it is contacted with the layer that contains surfactant.This second basic unit is that basis weight is about the polyester of 120 grams every square metre (gsm) and the mixture of paper pulp fiber.The 3rd basic unit is fed on second basic unit.The 3rd basic unit is the laminate web of embodiment 119.Fleece is fed to continuously the ultrasound wave jointing machine that can on seal on the fleece, comprise at interval uniformly by the pattern of the point of the abutment grid of 4mm diameter.Goods are cut into the rectangle of the 140mm * 105mm that has fillet. Embodiment 165-170
Prepare skin clean and conditioning product sample in the following manner.
By with its through coating head continuously with along fibroreticulate cross measure at interval the form of four lines of 20mm distance extrude, the cleansing of embodiment 11 is applied in the one side of first basic unit.Cleansing is extruded with the speed that generates 4.0 each finished product of gram cleansing.Basic unit is air lay, bulk, the low-density cotton-wool of mixture of bicomponent fibre of the same core-skin combination of the bicomponent fibre of the PET sandwich layer of the PET fiber that contains 30% 15 daniers, 35% 3 daniers and PE crust and 35% 10 daniers, and its basis weight is every square metre (gsm) of about 85 grams.Second basic unit is fed on first basic unit continuously, it is contacted with the layer that contains cleansing.This second basic unit is the polyester of about 120 grams every square metre (gsm) of basis weight and the mixture of paper pulp fiber.The 3rd basic unit is fed on second basic unit.The 3rd basic unit is air lay, bulk, the low-density cotton-wool of mixture of bicomponent fibre of the same core-skin combination of the bicomponent fibre of the PET sandwich layer of the PET fiber that contains 30% 15 daniers, 35% 3 daniers and PE crust and 35% 10 daniers, and its basis weight is every square metre (gsm) of about 85 grams.The 4th basic unit's fleece that is the laminate web of embodiment 118 is fed on the 3rd fleece.Recoil fleece.Downcut the fleece of certain-length and with comprising on seal on the fleece at interval that uniformly the ultrasound wave jointing machine by the pattern of the point of the abutment grid of 4mm diameter is bonded together it.With comprising hot tank, pump, stop valve, the many imbibitions tube head that is maintained at about 70 ℃ and be used for the X-Y platform of program control measuring system of the electronic X-Y coordinate control system of coating head, the skin clean of the conditioning component of any one among the 2 gram embodiment 22-26 and conditioning component point coating to the two sides of goods.Conditioning component and diameter that point contains the 0.1g that has an appointment are about 4mm.Composition is cooling promptly on the surface of goods.Goods are packed up to use. Embodiment 171-172
Surfactant powder (cleansing) with embodiment 3 and 4 prepares skin clean and conditioning product sample in the following manner.
But 4 grams are done surfactant powder be coated in permeable, the fusile fibroreticulate one side that contains the low melting point thermal welding fiber.Permeable fleece is from H.Levinson ﹠amp; Co., Chicago, the Wonder Under that the Pellon of IL produces.Powder is sprinkling upon the elliptical region that about 17cm takes advantage of 19cm equably.The polyester cotton-wool of 2 ounce per square yard that are cut into same size is placed on the fusible fibers net.The basis weight of polyester cotton-wool is 2 oz/yd 2, containing average diameter and be the mixture of the fiber of about 23 microns and 40 microns, at least wherein some are for curling.The thickness that records cotton-wool under 5gsi is about 0.23in.The air permeability of cotton-wool is about 1270cfm/ft 2, the critical pressure of foam permeability is about the 2.7cm water column.It is generally acknowledged that cotton-wool is not use thermal welding under the binding agent.To be cut into and the measure-alike size of fusible fibers net for second basic unit of the laminate web of embodiment 117.The second layer is placed on the fusible fibers net, use pressing plate thermal bonding device as from Sencorp, Hyannis, the thermal welding mould of the Sentinel 808 type heat sealing machines of MA is along wide the sealing and with the some joint each layer being welded together of circumference 2mm.Record each abutment diameter and be about 3mm, 51 evenly spaced independently abutments are arranged approximately.The finishing goods are applied in the 2.5 skin condition compositions that restrain embodiment 32 on the one side of finished product.With pipette the form of compositions with hot liquid (about 50 ℃) is applied on the product surface, coating is a little like this, and each point contains the composition of the 0.1g that has an appointment, and these points are positioned on some abutments.Composition is cooling promptly on product surface, and is stored in the metal film packing of sealing up to use. Embodiment 173
Prepare the skin clean product sample in the following manner.
The cleansing of 4 gram embodiment 11 is coated in permeable, the fusile fibroreticulate one side that contains low melting point thermal welding Fypro.Permeable fleece is from H.Levinson ﹠amp; Co., Chicago, the Wonder Under that the Pellon of IL produces.Cleansing is applied in the elliptical region that about 13cm takes advantage of 18cm.Cleansing is air-dry.The polyester cotton-wool that is cut into 2 ounce per square yard of the same size of fleece is placed on the fusible fibers net.The basis weight of polyester cotton-wool is 2 oz/yd 2, containing average diameter and be the mixture of the fiber of about 23 microns and 40 microns, at least wherein some are for curling.The thickness that records cotton-wool under 5gsi is about 0.23in.The air permeability of cotton-wool is about 1270cfm/ft 2, the critical pressure of foam permeability is about the 2.7cm water column.It is generally acknowledged that cotton-wool is not use thermal welding under the binding agent.The layer of the laminate web of embodiment 120.Shape of products is the ellipse of about 122mm * 160mm.Use pressing plate thermal bonding device as from Sencorp, Hyannis, the thermal welding mould of the Sentinel 808 type heat sealing machines of MA is welded together each layer with the some joint with grid pattern.Record each abutment diameter and be about 4mm, 51 evenly spaced independently abutments are arranged approximately.The finishing goods are also prepared to use. Embodiment 174-194
Skin condition composition with embodiment 36-56 prepares skin clean and conditioning product sample in the following manner.
By it is extruded with the form that is respectively four lines of 20mm, 40mm and 20mm distance along fibroreticulate cross measure at interval continuously through coating head, the cleansing of embodiment 11 is applied in the one side of first basic unit, forms pair of parallel line at fibroreticulate each face.Cleansing is extruded with the speed that generates 4.0 each finished product of gram cleansing.Basic unit is for containing air lay, bulk, the low-density cotton-wool that polyester fiber, basis weight are 100 grams every square metre (gsm).Second basic unit that is the laminate web of embodiment 118 is fed on first basic unit, it is contacted with the layer that contains cleansing.Fleece is fed to continuously the ultrasound wave jointing machine that can on seal on the fleece, comprise at interval uniformly by the pattern of the point of the abutment grid of 4mm diameter.The skin condition composition is extruded shower nozzle to equal the 3 speed tear drop coatings (beat coated) that restrain skin condition each finished product of composition (addition of every about 140gsm) on the fibroreticulate two sides of basic unit by the suction process from hot tank, each is selected to contain and has an appointment the 0.2g conditioner and be positioned at junction point.Goods pass through cooling fan so that the composition on the article outer surface can promptly cool off then.Mixed continuously coating storage tank is to keep the stability of emulsion.Fleece is cut into every rectangle goods for the band fillet of about 120mm * 160mm. Embodiment 195-197
Cleaning liquid composition with embodiment 6,9 and 10 prepares the skin clean product sample.
By applying the cleaning liquid composition is applied on the one side of first basic unit, up to having 2 gram cleansings to solidify and applying with the pattern of the pane of avoiding edge and bonding station with brush.Basic unit is air lay, bulk, the low-density cotton-wool of mixture of bicomponent fibre of the same core-skin combination of the bicomponent fibre of the PET sandwich layer of the PET fiber that contains 30% 15 daniers, 35% 3 daniers and PE crust and 35% 10 daniers, and its basis weight is every square metre (gsm) of about 100 grams.With the cleansing drying.To place on first basic unit for second basic unit of the laminate web of embodiment 118.By using pressing plate thermal bonding device as from Sencorp, Hyannis, the welding mould of the Sentinel 808 type heat sealing machines of MA forms suitable welding under enough temperature and pressures, each layer is welded together formation rectangle pane shape.Welding is successive in edge, and the wide independent pane horizontal line of 2mm of all having an appointment on each X-and Y-direction.Goods are trimmed to the piece that is of a size of 200mm * 180mm. Embodiment 198-200
Skin condition composition with embodiment 60-62 prepares the skin clean product sample.
Be applied on the one side of first basic unit by the cleaning liquid composition that applies with brush embodiment 10, up to having 2 gram cleansings to solidify and applying with the pattern of the pane of avoiding edge and bonding station.First basic unit is air lay, bulk, the low-density cotton-wool of mixture of bicomponent fibre of the same core-skin combination of the bicomponent fibre of the PET sandwich layer of the PET fiber that contains 30% 15 daniers, 35% 3 daniers and PE crust and 35% 10 daniers, and its basis weight is every square metre (gsm) of about 100 grams.With the cleansing drying.To place on first basic unit for second basic unit of the laminate web of embodiment 119.By using pressing plate thermal bonding device as from Sencorp, Hyannis, the welding mould of the Sentinel 808 type heat sealing machines of MA forms suitable welding under enough temperature and pressures, each layer is welded together formation rectangle pane shape.Welding is successive in edge, and the wide independent pane horizontal line of 2mm of all having an appointment on each X-and Y-direction.With the goods finishing,, the skin condition compositions of 1.5 grams are applied in the bulk cotton-wool side of goods by composition is passed through the gap of the 1.5mm that has machining and the slit rotary apparatus of the raw material storage tank that temperature is maintained at about 60 ℃.Composition is cooling promptly on product surface, and is stored in the metal film packing of sealing, up to use. Embodiment 201
Prepare the skin clean product sample in the following manner with the cleansing of embodiment 11 and the laminate web of embodiment 119 and 124.
By it is extruded with the form of four lines of interval 20mm distance continuously through coating head, the cleansing of embodiment 11 is applied in the one side of first basic unit.Cleansing is extruded with the speed that generates 4.0 each finished product of gram cleansing.Basic unit is air lay, bulk, the low-density cotton-wool of mixture of bicomponent fibre of the same core-skin combination of the bicomponent fibre of the PET sandwich layer of the PET fiber that contains 30% 15 daniers, 35% 3 daniers and PE crust and 35% 10 daniers, and its basis weight is every square metre (gsm) of about 85 grams.The second basic unit's fleece that is the laminate web of embodiment 124 is fed on first basic unit continuously, it is contacted with the layer that contains surfactant.The 3rd basic unit's fleece that is the laminate web of embodiment 118 is fed under first basic unit continuously.Fleece is fed to continuously the ultrasound wave jointing machine that can on seal on the fleece, comprise at interval uniformly by the pattern of the point of the abutment grid of 4mm diameter.Goods are cut into have the independent rectangle that fillet, two surfaces have the 120mm * 160mm of different senses of touch. Embodiment 202
Prepare skin clean and conditioning product sample in the following manner.
The skin condition composition of 4 gram embodiment 57 is applied on the finished product of embodiment 173, and each face is coated with half.Compositions applies with extruding shower nozzle with hot liquid (60-70 ℃), and 5mm are wide, 100mm long, 2cm coating at interval to form two at each faces of goods. Embodiment 203
Prepare skin clean and conditioning product sample in the following manner.
In each of 3 gram embodiment 69-72 the skin condition composition be applied on the finished product of embodiment 173, each face is coated with half.By the slit coating of composition with hot liquid (60-70 ℃), composition is applied on the product surface equably, each face of goods is coated with the composition of half. Embodiment 204
Prepare the skin clean product sample in the following manner.
By with its through coating head continuously with along fibroreticulate cross measure at interval the form of four lines of 20mm distance extrude, the cleansing of embodiment 11 is applied in the one side of first basic unit.Cleansing is extruded with the speed that generates 4.4 each finished product of gram cleansing.First basic unit is air lay, bulk, the low-density cotton-wool of mixture of bicomponent fibre of the same core-skin combination of the bicomponent fibre of the PET sandwich layer of the PET fiber that contains 30% 15 daniers, 35% 3 daniers and PE crust and 35% 10 daniers, and its basis weight is every square metre (gsm) of about 85 grams.Second basic unit is fed on first basic unit continuously, it is contacted with the layer that contains cleansing.This second basic unit is identical with first basic unit.The 3rd basic unit's fleece that is the laminate web of embodiment 119 is fed on second basic unit's fleece continuously, it is contacted with second basic unit.Fleece is fed to continuously the ultrasound wave jointing machine that can on seal on the fleece, comprise at interval uniformly by the pattern of the point of the abutment grid of 4mm diameter.Goods are cut into the independently rectangle of the 140mm * 105mm that has fillet. Embodiment 205
Prepare the skin clean product sample in the following manner.
By with its through coating head continuously with along fibroreticulate cross measure at interval the form of four lines of 20mm distance extrude, the cleansing of embodiment 11 is applied in the one side of first basic unit.Cleansing is extruded with the speed that generates 4.0 each finished product of gram cleansing.First basic unit is for containing the NV from Libeltex, the air lay of Belgian Polystar ABl polyester fiber, bulk, low-density resin-bonding cotton-wool.The basis weight of basic unit is every square metre (gsm) of about 80 grams.Second basic unit is fed on first basic unit continuously, it is contacted with the layer that contains cleansing.This second basic unit is the laminate web of embodiment 119.The 3rd basic unit's fleece is fed under first basic unit's fleece continuously.The 3rd basic unit also is the laminate web of embodiment 119.Fleece is fed to continuously the ultrasound wave jointing machine that can on seal on the fleece, comprise at interval uniformly by the pattern of the point of the abutment grid of 4mm diameter.Goods are cut into the independently rectangle of the 140mm * 105mm that has fillet. Embodiment 206
Cleansing with embodiment 11 prepares the skin clean product sample in the following manner.
The 2g cleansing is coated in the zone that is of a size of the substantially elliptical of 5cm * 8cm in first basic unit.Basic unit is the Polyether foam of 320 mils for the thickness from General Foam.Second basic unit for the laminate web of embodiment 119 is placed on first basic unit.The laminate web of another piece embodiment 119 is placed under first basic unit.With comprising on seal on the goods that at interval uniformly the ultrasound wave jointing machine by the pattern of the point of the abutment grid of 4mm diameter is bonded together each basic unit.The rectangle that 140mm takes advantage of the band fillet of 105mm is cut in basic unit. Embodiment 207
Prepare skin clean and conditioning article sample in the following manner.
The cleaning article sample of preparation embodiment 204.
Extrude by four the form that is 5mm with its each width that is respectively 20mm, 40mm and 20mm distance with interval continuously through coating head along fibroreticulate cross measure, all form the pair of parallel line at fibroreticulate each face, conditioning ingredients in each of embodiment 22-89 is applied in the one side of first basic unit, preparation skin condition goods.Composition is extruded with the speed that generates 3 each finished product of gram composition.Basic unit is that the water perforate serves as 70% artificial silk about 70gsm, that usefulness styrene-butadiene binding agent is bonding and the spunlaced shaping mixt of 30%PET fiber with hole, the basis weight that forms diameter 2mm.Being fed to continuously on first basic unit, it is contacted with one side that first basic unit does not contain the skin condition composition for air lay, second layer fleece bulk, low-density cotton-wool.Cotton-wool is the mixture of bicomponent fibre of the same core-skin combination of the bicomponent fibre of the PET sandwich layer of the PET fiber that contains 30% 15 daniers, 35% 3 daniers and PE crust and 35% 10 daniers, and its basis weight is every square metre (gsm) of about 100 grams.Fleece is fed to continuously the ultrasound wave jointing machine that can on seal on the goods, comprise at interval uniformly by the pattern of the point of the abutment grid of 4mm diameter.Fleece is cut into the independently rectangle goods that have fillet, 120mm * 160mm, 51 abutments of having an appointment altogether in each goods.
Packaging together skin clean goods and skin condition goods with independent packing. Embodiment 208
Saturated by the laminate web of any one among the embodiment 117-124 is soaked into any cleansing described in the embodiment 106-115, prepare antibiotic hard-surface cleaning goods, as have the sample of the wet smear articles for use of anti-microbial property.Preferably, composition is loaded on the fleece to be about 3.2 loading coefficient, to form the Wiping articles of pre-moistening.Can pack the Wiping articles that obtains individually or be packaged in the multi-pack then. Embodiment 209
Saturated by the laminate web of any one among the embodiment 117-124 is soaked into any antibiotic cleaning composition in embodiment 21 and 22, prepare antibiotic crust wet smear articles for use sample.Can pack the Wiping articles that obtains individually or be packaged in the multi-pack then. Embodiment 210
The product sample of preparation conditioning in the following manner.
By it is extruded the every some point that contains the 0.05g composition of having an appointment that forms the about 3mm of diameter through extruding shower nozzle, each conditioning ingredients among the embodiment 22-89 is applied among the embodiment 117-124 on arbitrary laminate web.Composition is extruded with the speed that generates 1.1 each finished product of gram composition.For air lay, second layer fleece bulk, the low-density cotton-wool are fed on first basic unit, it is contacted in the one side that does not contain the skin condition composition with first basic unit.Cotton-wool contains the mixture of bicomponent fibre of the same core-skin combination of the bicomponent fibre of polyethylene terephthalate (PET) sandwich layer of PET fiber, 50% 3 daniers of 10% 15 daniers and polyethylene (PE) crust and 40% 10 daniers, and its basis weight is every square metre (gsm) of about 80 grams.Fleece is fed to continuously the ultrasound wave jointing machine that can on seal on the fleece, comprise at interval uniformly by the pattern of the point of the abutment grid of 4mm diameter.Fleece is cut into the independently rectangle of the band fillet of about 120mm * 90mm, 51 abutments of having an appointment altogether in each goods.These goods can be conveniently used in the less zone of skin, as face, elbow, neck and/or foot. Embodiment 211
Prepare the floor-cleaning product sample in the following manner.
The laminate web of any one among the embodiment 117-124 is cut into the fritter of 100 * 130mm.The poly barrier that is provided by Clopay is attached to the back side of thin slice.The length direction of the wide fixed strip of 2 * 25mm along fritter sticked, so that fritter is fixed on the apparatus.Swiffer TMDried Dust-removing mop head is cut into the size (comprising that swivel head is to carry out wiping) of 100 * 130mm.Bonding Velcro iron chain bar is to provide the fixedly means of fritter on mophead.Soak into saturated mophead with any cleansing among the embodiment 92-105.Packing mophead, this sample ingredient can not discharge before consumer uses. Embodiment 212
Prepare floor polishing/dedusting product sample in the following manner.
Execute the fritter that the laminate web of any one among the routine 117-124 is cut into 100 * 130mm buying.The poly barrier that is provided by Clopay is attached to the back side of thin slice.The length direction of the wide fixed strip of 2 * 25mm along fritter sticked, so that fritter is fixed on the apparatus.The dried Dust-removing mop head of Swiffer is cut into the size (comprising that swivel head is to carry out wiping) of 100 * 130mm.Bonding Velcro iron chain bar is to provide the fixedly means of fritter on mophead.Before fritter is fixed on mophead, on fritter, load the polishing dedusting composition of the mixture of the mineral of the weight ratio contain 1: 1 and wax.In case fritter loads with composition, the goods that are packaged to be are up to use. Embodiment 213
Prepare polishing/dedusting product sample in the following manner.
The laminate web of any one among the embodiment 117-124 is cut into the fritter of 100 * 130mm.On fritter, load the polishing dedusting composition of the mixture of the mineral of the weight ratio contain 1: 1 and wax.In case fritter loads with composition, the goods that are packaged to be are up to use. Embodiment 214
Prepare clean fabric/renovation product sample in the following manner.
The laminate web of any one among the embodiment 117-124 is cut into the small pieces of 100 * 130mm.On small pieces, load any cleansing among embodiment A-E.In case small pieces load with composition, the goods that are packaged to be are up to use.

Claims (10)

1. disposable product is characterized as these goods and contains:
A) have and permitted porous laminate web, this laminate web has:
1) has the tensile fleece of ground floor of first elongation at break;
2) be bonded on the tensile fleece of the second layer on the tensile fleece of this ground floor with many abutments, the extending fleece of this second layer has second elongation at break; And
3) place the 3rd layer of web material between this ground floor and the second layer fleece, the 3rd layer of web material has the 3rd elongation at break greater than this first or second elongation at break;
B) place the useful composition that is adjacent to this laminate web.
2. the goods of claim 1, wherein these goods are selected from personal care product, household care goods, car care goods and house pet grooming goods.
3. the goods of any one during aforesaid right requires, wherein this laminate web engages with the combination that does not have binding agent.
4. the goods of any one during aforesaid right requires, wherein this abutment is selected from discrete heat abutment and discrete ultrasound wave abutment.
5. the goods of any one during aforesaid right requires, wherein this first and/or second extending fleece contains the material that is selected from adhesive-bonded fabric, polymeric membrane and combination thereof.
6. the goods of any one during aforesaid right requires, wherein this first and second extending fleece is identical.
7. the goods of any one during aforesaid right requires, wherein the 3rd fleece contains the material that is selected from non-woven fleece, polymeric membrane and combination thereof.
8. the goods of any one during aforesaid right requires, wherein this beneficiating ingredient is selected from cleaning ingredients, conditioning ingredients, cosmetic composition, cleansing, polishing/dedusting composition and combination thereof.
9. the goods of any one during aforesaid right requires, wherein this beneficiating ingredient is to contain to be selected from element-vitamine compound, skin treatment agents, anti-acne agents, anti-wrinkle agent, anti-atrophoderma agent, antiinflammatory, local anesthetic, artificial suntan and the short cosmetic composition that shines the active component of agent, antimicrobial, antifungal, sunscreen, antioxidant, decorticating agent, deodorant/anti-perspirant and combination thereof.
10. disposable product is characterized as these goods and contains:
A) have and permitted porous laminate web, this laminate web has:
1) the first and second tensile fleeces that engage with many discrete abutments;
2) place extensibility between this ground floor and the second layer fleece greater than first and second layers trilaminate material; And
B) place the useful composition that is adjacent to this laminate web; And
Wherein the first and second extending fleeces can transmit fluid by hole and trilaminate material, and have the zones of different of being distinguished by at least one character that is selected from basis weight, fibre orientation, thickness and density.
CN00817938A 1999-12-21 2000-12-20 Disposable article comprising apertured laminate web. Pending CN1414845A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US09/467,938 US6884494B1 (en) 1999-12-21 1999-12-21 Laminate web
US09/467,938 1999-12-21
US55387100A 2000-04-20 2000-04-20
US09/553,871 2000-04-20
US58467600A 2000-05-31 2000-05-31
US09/584,676 2000-05-31

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN1414845A true CN1414845A (en) 2003-04-30

Family

ID=27413037

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN00817938A Pending CN1414845A (en) 1999-12-21 2000-12-20 Disposable article comprising apertured laminate web.

Country Status (10)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1255521A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2003517949A (en)
KR (1) KR20020059450A (en)
CN (1) CN1414845A (en)
AU (1) AU2443401A (en)
BR (1) BR0016456A (en)
CA (1) CA2393147A1 (en)
CZ (1) CZ20021933A3 (en)
MX (1) MXPA02006333A (en)
WO (1) WO2001045613A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101010422B (en) * 2004-09-01 2010-12-01 宝洁公司 Premoistened disposable wipe
CN102292195B (en) * 2009-02-06 2014-12-17 宝洁公司 Method for making an apertured web
CN109662665A (en) * 2018-08-27 2019-04-23 陈孟谷 A kind of environment-protecting clean rag and preparation method thereof

Families Citing this family (20)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1244406B1 (en) * 1999-12-21 2012-01-18 The Procter & Gamble Company Laminate web comprising an apertured layer and method for manufacture thereof
EP1243254A1 (en) * 2001-03-23 2002-09-25 L'oreal Composition containing fibres and a flavonoid
AR037598A1 (en) * 2001-11-30 2004-11-17 Tredegar Film Prod Corp SOFT AND ELASTIC COMPOUND
US6824650B2 (en) 2001-12-18 2004-11-30 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Fibrous materials treated with a polyvinylamine polymer
US7196022B2 (en) 2001-12-20 2007-03-27 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Products for controlling microbial generated odors
US8012495B2 (en) 2002-05-07 2011-09-06 Georgia-Pacific Consumer Products Lp Lotion-treated tissue and towel
US7033453B2 (en) 2003-11-21 2006-04-25 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Method for changing the orientation of the plies within a multi-ply product
US7959876B2 (en) 2006-07-17 2011-06-14 Industrial Technology Research Institute Fluidic device
US7794665B2 (en) 2006-07-17 2010-09-14 Industrial Technology Research Institute Fluidic device
US8449507B2 (en) * 2007-08-28 2013-05-28 Miss Smarty Pants Enterprises, Inc. Disposable analgesic and local anesthetic undergarment
US8753466B2 (en) * 2009-10-23 2014-06-17 Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. Method of making disposable absorbent garments employing elastomeric film laminate body panels
US9139939B2 (en) * 2010-01-12 2015-09-22 The Procter & Gamble Company Treated laminates
WO2014007723A1 (en) * 2012-07-05 2014-01-09 Lamiflex Ab Packing laminate with joined outer layers
US9469091B2 (en) 2012-08-08 2016-10-18 3M Innovative Properties Company Method of making extensible web laminates
JP2014234345A (en) * 2013-05-30 2014-12-15 スリーエム イノベイティブ プロパティズ カンパニー Skin care sheet and skin care product
US10857040B2 (en) 2014-12-11 2020-12-08 Attends Healthcare Products, Inc. Disposable absorbent garment having elastic sheet material and elastic strands
JP7160810B2 (en) * 2016-12-14 2022-10-25 ピーエフノンウーヴンズ リミテッド ライアビリティ カンパニー Hydraulic treated nonwoven fabric and method for producing same
EP4196345A1 (en) * 2020-08-17 2023-06-21 Avet AG Method for producing a sheet-form active ingredient carrier, and active ingredient carrier
DE102020216453A1 (en) 2020-12-22 2022-06-23 Henkel Ag & Co. Kgaa Process for the production of a cleaning utensil with a surfactant mixture
US11673366B2 (en) * 2021-07-08 2023-06-13 The Boeing Company Reinforced sandwich panels using expandable foam materials and methods of making the same

Family Cites Families (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3927673A (en) * 1974-08-12 1975-12-23 Colgate Palmolive Co Quilted diaper
CA1196620A (en) * 1981-06-26 1985-11-12 Donald Barby Substrate carrying a porous polymeric material
NZ206331A (en) * 1982-11-26 1986-05-09 Unilever Plc Liquid-permeable,flexible,sheet-like articles
US4720415A (en) * 1985-07-30 1988-01-19 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Composite elastomeric material and process for making the same
US5643588A (en) * 1994-11-28 1997-07-01 The Procter & Gamble Company Diaper having a lotioned topsheet
US5413811A (en) * 1994-03-18 1995-05-09 Kimberly-Clark Corporation Chemical and mechanical softening process for nonwoven web
IT1268105B1 (en) * 1994-10-07 1997-02-20 P & G Spa COVER STRUCTURE FOR AN ABSORBENT ITEM.
KR100404255B1 (en) * 1997-11-14 2003-11-01 더 프록터 앤드 갬블 캄파니 Disposable absorbent article with a skin care composition on an apertured top sheet
US6270875B1 (en) * 1998-01-26 2001-08-07 The Procter & Gamble Company Multiple layer wipe

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101010422B (en) * 2004-09-01 2010-12-01 宝洁公司 Premoistened disposable wipe
CN102292195B (en) * 2009-02-06 2014-12-17 宝洁公司 Method for making an apertured web
CN109662665A (en) * 2018-08-27 2019-04-23 陈孟谷 A kind of environment-protecting clean rag and preparation method thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CA2393147A1 (en) 2001-06-28
WO2001045613A1 (en) 2001-06-28
MXPA02006333A (en) 2002-12-13
JP2003517949A (en) 2003-06-03
KR20020059450A (en) 2002-07-12
AU2443401A (en) 2001-07-03
BR0016456A (en) 2002-08-20
CZ20021933A3 (en) 2002-11-13
EP1255521A1 (en) 2002-11-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN1414844A (en) Disposable article comprising apertured laminate web
CN1414845A (en) Disposable article comprising apertured laminate web.
CN1187014C (en) Personal care articles comprising batting
CN1201725C (en) Personal care articles
CN1178620C (en) Personal care articles
CN1377405A (en) Personal care articles
CN1187038C (en) Water-flux limiting cleaning articles
CN1377256A (en) Personal care articles
CN1420742A (en) Personal care articles
CN1423552A (en) Personal care articles comprising cationic polymer coacervate compositions
CN1396821A (en) Cleansing articles containing isolated benefit areas
US10238244B2 (en) Personal care cleaning article
CN1861038A (en) Skin treatment articles and methods
CN1423549A (en) Personal care articles comprising a hydrophilic conditioning agent exhibiting a defined leaching value
CN1817332A (en) Top-biased beneficial components on substrates
CN1723045A (en) Products comprising a sheet and a wax dispersion
CN1377255A (en) Personal care articles
CN1424905A (en) Personal care articles comprising anionic polymer coacervate compositions
CN1424903A (en) Personal care articles comprising cationic polymer coacervate compositions

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
C06 Publication
PB01 Publication
C10 Entry into substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
C02 Deemed withdrawal of patent application after publication (patent law 2001)
WD01 Invention patent application deemed withdrawn after publication